Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(61 - 80 of 212)

Pages

Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1972-1973
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1972-1973
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Facu...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Requirements Majors Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs International Study Honors Program Degrees ... ... ... PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E ... ... ... ... ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l Recreation Intercollegiate Athletics Religious L i f e Student Services Housing Food S e r v i c e ... PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE ... ... The Application Process Transfer Early Early Admission Advanced Placement Decision : Advanced Standing ... .. ... PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D ... Expenses 1972-73 Cost Summary Settlement o f Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . . . . Financial Aid PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration Probation and Dismissal Credit Grading by Examination ... ... ... PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, PERSONNEL PAGE 79, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change without n o t i c e . Introduction There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4." In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian ~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature a n d Objectives Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major. t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world. t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic e x c e l l e n c e . t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern city. t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional, and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . L The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 6 CAMPUS GUIDE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. t 3. 14. 15. 16. West Hall George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main Urness Tower Residence for Women The College Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall The Quadrangle Murphy Square The Art Studio Organ Studio The Music Building Si Melby Hall Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall Speech and Drama Building East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + ) Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your Here you w i l l i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld. d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n t h e modern g o r l d . _LX .@ .a. The 4-12a Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Natural Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Physical Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Training Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of 1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable. The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates matriculation i n these co- learning courses . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI ) . Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f courses . International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . . Augsburg STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN) This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program. University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e offered each term. Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e college. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on t h e honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree. I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music. 12 Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and C u l t u r a l Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron second time i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal, academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative offices. West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r . The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d . Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Ad mission An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advance Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Advance Standing College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. 17 Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1750.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00. Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not authorized. A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable with t u i t i o n : .. . 4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00 Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00 (Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate b a s i s of $20 a course.) Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15 -00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an interim). OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $987.00 t o $1,050.00 Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board. (Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00) Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board. ( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00 A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . .$987.00 - ............$ 1,050.00 25.00 (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. ) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable) Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, 1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , . $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule : 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s , 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences. Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside t h e United S t a t e s . The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t year i n residence. 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s requirement . Division f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES Chairman: M r . Raymond E . Anderson Department o f A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department o f Music Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck Department Department Department Department Department of of of of of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Phys i cs DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Plzilip A, Quanbeck Department o f Phi 10s ophy Department o f Religion DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Geography, Library Science Department o f History Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology Registration A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive credit f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F . Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done i n t h e Registrar1s Office. Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory. I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term. Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Credit Examination Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar. Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one f o r D and zero f o r F. Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course i n which t h e student receives a grade of N. A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor. An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed during t h e following semester. A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record. A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be audited. 25 Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages. See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: G r i e r N ic h o l l MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s . courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . TEACHING MAJOR: 16 MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings under major. 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE For description, see 295. level of work. all) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY One project of an interdisciplinary nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Field experience during interim Art P h i 1ip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from 221, 223, 225, 350. 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221, 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 1 1 8 PAINTING I Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r . (Fall, Spring) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , Spring) 351 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring) 3 5 5 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g . (Prereq.: 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. ( P r e r e q . : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud M+70R1 & -o n I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and one t e r m s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . 1 1x3 & bob% mf -ar. 351, 3 5 2 ) . 1 A - 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r - 11 1 1 1 - i ; r l MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . -- Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . I' cL 101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g ) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does not apply toward the biology major. (Interim) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; 112, Spring) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. : 112. Interim) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 112. Spring) . 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223 or 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l ) , 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business F a l l , Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c ~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. (Prereq .: 262. Spring) 3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g ) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MRTOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 . ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. E : Five courses i n Business Education. I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 . A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l education requirements . MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . HONORS 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (rnt e r i m ) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m ) 2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or equivalent . Spring) 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73) 4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) Economics MAJOR: ECYINOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) : Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required. MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education. Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . 120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120. (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications. (Prereq. : 123. F a l l ) 3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m ) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chal rman: Chemistry E a r l A1 t o n GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY: 115,.116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d . AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e . DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, F a l l ; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y , a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or 116. 251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g ) 253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a Prereq. : 352, r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . 3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362, or#. Fall) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques. 1a b o r a t o r y P r e r e q . : 362 o r #. Spring) . 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l ) 4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n during t h e academic year. Department of Chairman: E i n a r Johnson The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470, and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s , opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y education. F a l l , Spring) 371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND' MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 , 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Secondary Education 2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y ) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s . Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l . a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74) Seminars 369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major concentration. (1973-74) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t , t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d o n l y 1972-73) Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human environment. Library Science 2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n . Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l ) 3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l ) 3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n . (spring) 4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval. Department of English A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e short story. (Fall, Spring) 2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre, and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language. (Spring) 331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth century (Spring) . 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ] 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) American, and Continental novels. 428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m . S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ] 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Foreign Language Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s , however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. ( F a l l ) 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on ( F a l l , Spring) advanced placement. 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g ) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. ( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand) 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s . French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech h a b i t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. d e n md ) 331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent of instructor. Offered alternate years. F a l l 1973-74) 332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1974-75) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1972-73. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French. ( S p r i n g 1973-74. Offered every t h i r d year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I M o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) , B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a literature m d e a s that led t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide, A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n A *®.: 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g 1972-73. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re; form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r ) S a r t r e , Camus, i n theme and 311 or #. 332, 4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75. Offered every t h i r d year) 4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s , i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . 112 F a l l , Spring) 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by (Offered a l t e r n a t e years. 3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l English when h e l p f u l . 1973-74) 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism, humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1972-73) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 8 t h CENTURY Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism, with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74) 3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse, -Kafka, -Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language. (Spring) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t . Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73; 112, F a l l 1973-74) 21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74) Latin 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ; 112, Spring) Russian 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian. (111, F a l l ) 112, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies MAJOR: - 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring) 3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Spring 1972-73) 331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma Lagerlof, P ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape .- . majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. -%-- - - ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey -$ o Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber Knowledge of a --+ Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d ) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. 2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school Spanish) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n Spanish. 3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical e x e r c i s e s . 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. ( P r e r e q . : One survey course) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department and of Physical Chairman: Health Education E. W. A n d e r s o n BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 . 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472. 10 c o u r s e s . 110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 , 4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human Physiology course are a l s o required. ~- - PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: COACHING ENDORSEMENT: coaching. 5 courses. 5 courses. 4 courses. 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 . 1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . 102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . (Fall, Spring) 110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body. (Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105. Spring) 3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program. (Fall) 3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74) 4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures (Fall) 4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y . (Fall) 4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures. (Spring) 4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h programs. ( I n t e r i m ) 4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l 4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Summer s c h o o l o n l y ) Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q .: 351, 352. 4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f department) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education. Open only t o majors. Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 courses plus 1 seminar. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western. A t least four o f these courses must be upper division. Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division. Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor. 1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring) East through t h e high middle 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day. (Fall) . 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74) 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development. (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g ) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73) 464 MODERN CHINA A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839. The erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74) 474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (1973-74) . 495 SEMINAR (Fall, Spring) Department of Mathematics Chai rman : Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325. MINOR: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education. 121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g ) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1 Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l ) . 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g ) 2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring) 2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring) 2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l ) 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1 A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq. : 31 4 . Spring) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l ) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 315, 324. Spring) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t registration. Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Computer Sclence 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL) Medical Technology This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical Technology adviser. . Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223 ( o r 351, 352), 353. Department of Music Chai man: Leland Sateren MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double - p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y ( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @ team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall] 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l ) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments. all) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores, organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. (Spring) 4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY (Fall) . PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l , Spring) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l , f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r . Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t , b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Orchestra Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 . b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o 59 In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; - or 351 352; or 351 361. In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Department of Chairman: Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y . j u n i o r year. T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement . 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . all, Interim, S p r i n g ) 120 ETHICS Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 130 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated. all, S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For description see under course 110. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring) 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211, 2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 19 72-73) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 1973-74) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344. F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1973-74) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 340. F a l l , 1973-74) 61 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o , Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #. S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r course i n philosophy. S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physics Chairman: T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . mechanics, thermodynamics, modern t o p i c s . The course i s designed as Medical Technology program. Spring) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, Spring) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1 A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m , central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1 The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g ) Department of Chai rman: Political Science Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may be counted f o r t h a t a r e a . The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.* MINOR: HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following: T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the department . * T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area toward major o r minor requirements.) -- Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c . T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and (No p r e r e q u i s i t e ; management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . I n t e r i m , 1972-73) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n . Offered Fall term o f e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e F a l l , 19 7 2 ) . 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326) 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1972-73) 11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73) 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972) 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice, including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One course i n Political Science or #) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) 1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S 1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. (Spring, 1972-73) 3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972) .-. L 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) I V . PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73) V. P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES ( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73) 380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) VI . SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq. : # . Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane J o h n s o n MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology, s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t . Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g ) 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . (Prereq. : 105. Fall) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h . ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall, Spring) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363, 871-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department o f Philosophy 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario* l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l ) 3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring) 3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these roles. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an of society and t h e relationship of these s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s exploration of t h e changing patterns changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church. (Fa11 ) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973) 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. ( F a l l ) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. ( F a l l ) 3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring) 475 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l ) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g ) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g ) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g ) Social Science T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r . A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than educational psychology), o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r 365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 , 383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352. 1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s . (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( F a l l ) 231 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. all) 3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and methods of human service. ( F a l l ) 3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ; and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g ) 3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g ) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g ) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Chairman: Arts Raymond A n d e r s o n CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r : S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication. Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives: E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368 Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485 S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482 L i b r a r y 385 Computer S c i e n c e COMMUNICATION MINOR: SPEECH MAJOR: 5 courses 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352, 355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d . SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476. THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366, 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening. per week. all, S p r i n g ) Meets f i v e times - I - 1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l ) 2 2 8 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING Practical work i n pantomime and participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) An introduction t o the a r t of acting. improvisation; 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements. (Spring) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r role i n society. (Spring) 3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 3 5 2 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech writing. (Spring) 3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring) 3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) Practice i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning product ions and conducting rehearsals (Spring) . 76 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. S p r i n g ) (Prexeq.: 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l ) 487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . ( F a l l , Spring) General Information Courses A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation. Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks i n length. Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings. Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e 100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and 400's f o r seniors. Symbol Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of #. prerequisites. Personnel Administration ...................................Oscar A. ...................Burton President Vice President and Executive A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President Anderson P. Fosse Academic A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Registrar Assistant Registrar Librarian. ....................Kenneth C . Bailey ....................................Miss Mildred J o e l .........................Miss Beverly Wegge ...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y Business A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . . Controller D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . . Director of t h e College Center Director of Food Services Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent Director of Data Processing.. Manager of t h e Book S t o r e ............Warren Cuolin ...................................... Wayne Pederson ...............,,..Eugene Ecklund ...................Douglas Wasko .........................Carl Stromer ...........James Lancaster ...................David Pederson ..........................I r v i n g Hoe1 Development Vice President f o r Development Associate D i r e c t o r of Development A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development Director of Alumni Relations Public Relations Coordinator. Manager, News Bureau .................Glen W. Johnson ...........Sigvald Hjelmeland .................David Teslow ..................... J e r o y Carlson ................. .Michael Walgren ...............................Steven Vite Student A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean o f Admissions Associate Dean of Students; Director, Career Planning and Placement Director of Financial Aid. Director of New Student Programs.. Director o f Residence Programs. Associate Director of Admissions Admissions Counselor .....................Bruce L. Gildseth ............Miss Fern Martinson ......................Herald Johnson ...............Richard Thoni .............Mrs. Joan Petersen ...............Donovan Lundeen .............................David Gronner Total Student Enrollment .............................. 1,968 .................................... 332 ................................ 1,817 .................................... 349 Academic Year, 1969-1970. Summer Session, 1970 Academic Year, 1970-1971 Summer Session, 1971 Summary Of Graduates Graduates, 1870-1969 Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970) Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971). ... .. 4,505 309 310 5,124
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1999
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1999
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
.................... . 2 Options ..................... . 4 Visiting Students. ............... 5 Calendar. ....................... 6 About This Catalog. ................ 7 Interim Courses ...................8 Lifetime Sports. ................. . 4 4 Interim Abroad .................. 4 5 Othe...
Show more .................... . 2 Options ..................... . 4 Visiting Students. ............... 5 Calendar. ....................... 6 About This Catalog. ................ 7 Interim Courses ...................8 Lifetime Sports. ................. . 4 4 Interim Abroad .................. 4 5 Other Courses .................. . 4 7 Introduction. Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 '12 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged day school tuition ($1,564) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bonafide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is conimitted to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerningAugsburgs compliance with fideral or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Ofice of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, ateil@augsburg.edu>. Options International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 11. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4- 1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,564 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. Interim Calendar 1999 November 16 to December 4 . .........Interim registration January 4 . ......................... First day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m. January 5 ............ Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 15. .................... Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 15 ......... Last day for withdrawing from courses .............................. Interim ends February 1 ......................Spring semester begins February 5 ............... Interim grades due to registrar January 27 The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at 1:00 p.m. Afternoon classes begin following the convocation. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. + For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at (612) 330-1 150. Accounting See listing under Business, pg. 9. Introduction to Drawing in Architecture ART 100-J lnstructor: Staff This course develops basic skills involved ,in perceiving and representing the material environment. Sketching and drawing conventions are employed to study visual phenomena and forms. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: Ii Room: Old Main 17 Tribal Arts And Culture ART 290-J Instructor: Steve Chapman The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion, and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture, or prints. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: Ii Room: Old Main 4 Seeds of Change BIO 145-J Instructor: Esther McLaughlin We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the b0tto.m of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines, fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history, and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Internal Audit and Management Consulting ACC 424-J Instructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management, marketing, and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning, and report writing. Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project, and final examination. Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-J Instructor: Wayne Olhoft Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prerequisite: MIS 175, CSC 170, consent of the inslructo~or Math Placemenl Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindell I6 International Business in French and English BUS 295/495-J FRE 295/495-J Instructors: Magda Paleczny-Zapp and Paty Pezechkian- Weinberg This course focuses on opportunities and challenges of doing business in the enlarged European Union and is designed to give you the skills and the cultural insights needed to do business in French and with the members of the European community. Through the study of governmental agencies, management, marketing, and media, we will discuss and analyze some of the hottest issues of the European business world today. This course provides the appreciation of cultural differences and world-view perspectives and offers the opportunities to discover professional vocabulary usually not covered in a language class. It will help you gain a better comprehension of the sociocultural, economic and political structures of France as com- pared to those in the U.S.Students are required to read and prepare assigned articles (in French and English) at home for class discussions. You will be required to prepare two presentations (one in French) of 10 minutes each on a related subject. You will be assigned translations and case studies to be performed in class and at home, and to write commentary (in French and English) on articles. No final exam. Prerequisites: Business 362 and French 21 1 or consent of the instructors. Maximum enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-J Instructor: Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consenl of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: IntercuNural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age. Now we live in the Age of Plastics. Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up various plastics. Through chemistry the variations are endless. Many items and materials such as coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, construction supplies, automobile parts, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others used every day come from different polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry with a special focus on plastic. There are both synthetic and natural polymers. Most plastics come from synthesized polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber tree-golf balls and latex gloves are just two of its popular uses. The class will also focus on the book American Plastic: A Cultural History by Jeffrey Meikle. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. There will be supplemental handouts on some of the important natural polymers not covered in the book. There will be labs in which some polymer molecules will be made and the various properties will be explored. This will help to give a hands-on experience with the seemingly unlimited possibilities of properties in these long chain molecules. Prerequisite:Malh Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enmllmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 212 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-J Instructor: Satya Gupta Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Contemporary Economic Issues EGO 195-J lnstructor: Jeanne Boeh This course will focus on using the basic tools of economic analysis to analyze current policy questions. The course will emphasize the skills of critical thinking and speaking. Students will read articles presenting at least two sides of an issue. Classroom and out-of-classroom assignments will be geared toward developing thinking skills necessary to evaluate policy positions. This course does not serve as a substitute for either Economics 112 or 113. Course grade will be based on two in-class tests, assignments, and participation. Prerequisite: Student must have passed Critical Thinking assessment or have successfully completed GST 100. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 International Education EDU 353-J lnstructor: Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves so that we can understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, and presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Liberal Arls Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 17 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education EDU 491-J Instructor: Susan OJConnor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: EOU 282, completion of courses for special education minor, or consent of instructo~ Maximum Enrollmenf: 9 (This course involves fieldworksupe~isionfor the faculty member) Time: 11 Room: Sverdrup 4 American Dialects: Differences and Attitudes ENG 219-J Instructor: John Schmit Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economical standing and our cultural background. For this reason we should expect women to speak differently from men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communitites. This course will examine the dialects of various English-speaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules on discourse. It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Topics: Introduction to Asian American Literature ENG 282/382-1 Instructor: Joan Thompson In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J. Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry, short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors. Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional novel and write a research-based paper on it. Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maxium Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Topics: The Heroic Journey ENG 282-J Instructor: Joan Griffin "The hero:' says Joseph Campbell, "is the man or woman who has been able to battle past his personal and local historical limitations to the generally valid, normally human forms." This struggle, the heroic journey, is a quest for wholeness, for harmony with oneself, one's society, and even the universe. The journey may be physical, moral, psychological, or spiritual, but it always concludes with the regeneration of the hero and/or the redemption of the hero's society. This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys, emphasizing the work of Joseph Campbell, but also citing studies of the hero by Lord Ragland, Carol Pearson, and Richard Slotkin, among others. We will note that major heroic genres in western traditionthe epic and romance-almost always assume that the hero is usually a warrior and aristocrat. Thus we will analyze typical elements of the heroic warrior myth as depicted in ancient and medieval epics and romances, but will also pay particular attention to its appearance in contemporary American popular narratives. We will consider the implications of the enduring popularity of this rendition of the heroic journey. The heroic journey, however, is a human journey, and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women as well as of men who may be neither aristocratic nor warriors. As a lower division literature course, ENG 282 does not assume that the student is proficient in literary analysis. Rather the course will help students develop analytic and critical reading, thinking, and writing abilities. Course requirements: There will be 15 class meetings, each lasting three to four hours. Course grades are based on class attendance and participation as well as on daily writing and formal papers. If you must miss more than one or two classes or frequently leave class early, you should not take this course. Prerequisite: ENG 111 recommended but not required Liberal Ads Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 School Health Curriculum (0.5 course credit) HPE 320-J lnstructor: John Rohwer Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisile: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I -M, bl! and alternale F (1/4, 1/6, 1111, 1/13, 1/15, 1/18, 1/20, 1/25, 1/27) Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supervision of School Health Program (0.5 course credit) HPE 410-J Instructor: John Rohwer Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health programs and resources. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: 1-6Th, and allernate F (1/5, 1/7, 118, 1/12, 1/14, 1/19, 1/21, 1/22, 1/26) Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'46' f~ed-keelsailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,950, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall 12 1, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 (a wailing list will be kept after the original 10 spols are filled) Topics in World Histo : History by Hollywoo IT HIS 195-J Instructor: Rick Nelson How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased? Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of historical characters, events, and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view selected films and through readings, lectures, and discussions examine some of the successes and failures of "History by Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students. Others may enroll with permission. Prerequisite: One history course or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Lindelll6 Shaping Human Reality: Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things INS 240-J/440-J Instructor Jose Bourget This course offers an open, fun, and adventurous environment for exploring how culture shapes human reality. Intercultural principles are studied in the context of personal, national, and global differences. Students identify the factors that shape their ways of seeing the world and, through experiential activities, discover how similar factors help shape distinctive ways of seeing the world among those who are culturally different. Specific cross-cultural competencies are then presented to help students embrace a diverse and complex world. In addition to required readings, students will be evaluated on the basis of a journal (15 percent), completion and analysis of a self-assessment questionnaire (15 percent), writing of critical incidents (20 percent) and culture-specific reports (20 percent), and daily quizzes (30 percent). Liberal Arts Perspectives: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 20 Literacy in the City: Service-Learning Externship INS 298-J Instructor: Garry Hesser The course, taught by the experiential education staff, will explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films, and reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals, and make a final group presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Work in the City: Career Exploration Externship INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson Discover the world of work in the city. This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. Special emphasis will be on selfdiscovery learning activities, visits to Twin Cities businesses and community organizations, and panels of professionals. Students will keep an individual journal, write a 2-3 page integrative paper and give a final class presentation. This course is intended to help students make the connections between their interests and abilities, their education, and the work world. If you are an Augsburg freshman, you won't want to miss this hands-on experience for understanding organizations that are part of the city and why and how they function. Liberal Ads Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Native American Storytelling INS 495-J Instructor: Staff The objective of the course is to study Native American storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will learn how the art of storytelling is an integral component of the story content. Students will be expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling traditions. Students will be evaluated on their knowledge of Native American storytelling and their ability to demonstrate the art of storytelling. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Management Information Systems (MIS) See listing under Business, pg. 10 Finite Mathematics MAT 121-J Instructor: Anthony Dunlop How were the resources effectively allocated to the battlefields in Europe during World War II? Did you know that one of the first applications, other than gambling, of probability theory was in genetics-n the questions of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out? How do we build the most cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given the cost factors between pairs of satellites? The above questions are from the main topics to be discussed in this course: linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. The format of each session will be a combination of small-group activities and lecture. You will be evaluated by methods such as class participation, quizzes, and exams. Finite Mathematics is intended for students in Math Placement Group 3 or higher who need a course in Quantitative Reasoning or who are interested in MIS and lor computer science. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning Elective foc MIS major, economics major Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts MAT 131-J Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Course activities will include a balance of doing mathematics and exploring historical and cultural aspects of mathematics. Evaluation will include projects, essays, homework, and exams. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I Room: Science 108 Math of Interest MAT 173-J Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or 4 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: OuantilativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 212 International Business in French and English FRE 295/495-J BUS 295/495-J Instructors: Magda Paleczny-Zapp and Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg See course information listed under BUS 2951495-J, pg.10. Beginning Norwegian I NOR I l l - J Instructor Staff This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 213 Beginning Russian RUS I l l - J lnstructoc John Van Cleve So where else in this booklet are you going to find a course that spends a third of Interim on the alphabet? It's got four more letters than ours, but some of the letters are the same. There is just one new sound-the same "r" that's in Spanish. The alphabet that features a backwards "R" and an "H"that morphs into an "0"gets a lot of use in international business, in science, and in the arts. More Europeans speak Russian natively than any other language: 170 million native speakers. The course will hit vocabulary, sentence structure, communication, and culture-like any other foreign-language course on campus. And that alphabet means you'll be giggling all the time. Liberal Ads Perspective: lnlercullural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Spanish and Latin-American Culture Through Film SPA 248-J lnstructoc Romin Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation; brief weekly, writting assignments; and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercullural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 * Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-1 See page 48. Topics: Sounds and Sights of China MUS 2954 Instructor: Robert Karlen Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and experienced in four of the most important cities of China. While lectures and required readings will provide basic factual material, students will be able to experience Chinese music in concerts and opera performances, examine many forms of art works in museums, and observe Chinese principles of architecture expressed in palaces, temples, pagodas, gateways, and public builidings. There will be opportunities to informally meet English-speaking musicians and artists. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students will listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships among the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this Interim course must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at Augsburg College on Saturday, November 21. For more information you may call Cynthia Truitt Lynch, (612) 330-1650. Maximum Enrollment: 20-25 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 195 1 1971 - MUS 204-J Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Seminar: Printing Music at the Computer MUS 295-J Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen The program Finale will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading abilily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Mac Classroom Introduction to Music Theatre Performance MUS 235-J/THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience, and skills in various genres of music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony, and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Saleren Auditorium f Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica (UMAIE Course) MUS 295-K Instructor: Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean music, where composition, recording, and world distribution take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of Caribbean music. Caribbean musical forms, such as reggae and salsa, have long been popular and effective means of expressing cultural difference and social discontent, particularly for those with African heritage. This course will explore the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed, and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music like reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami; and Montego Bay, Negrel, and Kingston in Jamaica. Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations, breakfast, and tuition. Evaluation will be done on attendance at all sessions, keeping a journal, and a final project with an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not just music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 The Philosophy of Socrates PHI 231-J Instructor: David Appolloni We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his person and teachings. We shall clari@and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Meister Eckhart: Mystic and Philosopher PHI 295-J Instructor: Mark Fuehrer An in-depth study of the mystical writings of the medieval mystic and philosopher, Meister Eckhart. His writings will be studied with an attempt made to relate his ideas on God to the soul and the world. The last week of the course we will spend in retreat in a lodge on Lake Superior where evening sessions will be devoted to students presenting their meditations on the topics covered in the course. Prerequisite: Wrilten permission of professor Graduation Skill Requirement: Wriling Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sclence 319 Topics: Ethical Issues in Medicine and Biology PHI 4 10-J Instructor Bruce Reichenbach Conducted as a seminar, the course will focus on the relation of science and ethics and on diverse ethical structures. Using ethical models, it will address such topics as the environment and species preservation, artificial reproduction, genetic engineering and cloning, technology, and mindlbrain identity. Students will be evaluated with tests, papers, and a presentation. Prerequisite: Preferably a course in philosophy GraduationSkill Requirement: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Anderson Seminar Room Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-J Instructor Jeffrey Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisile: Malh Placemenl Gmup 3 Gradualion Skill Requiremenl: (luantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 42 Social Justice in America POL 140-J Instructor Andrew Aoki Students develop and defend their own standards of social justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban America. Substantial participation in class discussions required. Course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor. Liberal Ads Perspective: The Cily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 Topics: Constitutional Ideals and Legal Realities POL 195-J Instructor Andrew Kurvers Spalding What are the principles of freedom and justice embedded in the American political system? And how have those principles been realized in modern constitutional law? In the course, we will begin by studying the ideas of human nature, liberty, and good government that informed the framing of the U.S. Constitution. We will then consider certain important and controversial cases of the U.S. Supreme Court. Touching on issues such as free speech, separation of powers, and racial equality, we will discuss the extent to which the United States has succeeded in protecting the rights of all citizens. Requirements will include class participation, two very short papers, and a final exam. Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Science 315 International Negotiations POL 295-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady The course will examine the dynamics and challeges of resolving international disputes through negotiation and diplomacy. It will involve extensive use of role playing and simulation and prepare students for participation in the national Model United Nations conference. Students will be evaluated on the basis of their performance, on participation, midterm and final exam, and "position papers" they will complete in preparation for participation in the Model UN conference. Prerequisite: POL 160 or permission of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 208 Principles of Psychology PSY 105-J Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two tests and two lab reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Psychology and Law PSY 335-J Instructor: Nancy Steblay Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection, jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on exams and one paper. Prerequisite: PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-J Instructor Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisite: PSY 101, PSY 102, or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Science 205 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry REL 235-J Instructor: Richard Hardel This course will provide students with the history and development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. It will provide students with basic skills and understanding for designing an effective youth and family ministry in a congregation. Students will study the latest research on children, youth, and families from Search Institute and learn the new paradigm of home and congregation in partnership for teaching and nurturing faith. They will learn the latest conceptual model of a holistic approach to youth and family ministry. Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221 Maximum Enrollmenl: 40 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 Religions of China and Japan REL 373-J Instructor: John Benson This course will study the historical development of the chief religions of China and Japan: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Shinto. The approach will be both cultural and literary, paying attention to texts, rituals, and the various arts of these two traditions. Some attention will also be given to the those East Asian religions that have migrated to the United States and are present today in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Class meetings will include lectures, audio-visuals, and some organized group discussions. There will be a guest lecture by a practitioner of Zen Buddhist meditation, one by a representative of the Nichiren Shoshu group in St. Paul, and a trip to the Minneapolis Museum of Art. Assigned work will include daily textbook readings, two short (1-2 page) papers, and preparation of a book review to be written and presented to the class at the end of the Interim. In addition, there will be two one-hour tests of the short-answer type, using review questions, one at the mid-point of course, and one at the end. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollmenl: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-J Instructor Janelle Bussert A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 1 11, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 111 The Bible: Language and Interpretation REL 445-J Instructor Phil Ouanbeck I1 A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, two presentations to the class, and an examination. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Exploring Human Services SWK 257-1 SWK 257-J Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Field Work I: Integrative Seminar S WK 307-J Instructor: Mike Schock Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit) Instructor Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisite: S WK 462 Maximum Enrollment: open Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time) Room: Old Main 21 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis soc 21 1-J Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be bases for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Ads Perspective: The Cify Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 1 Room: Music 24 Topics: Cultures of Violence SOC 295-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 The Fun and Challenge of Advanced Public Speaking SPC 295-J Instructor: Robeit C. Groven Are you tired of courses where you listen to lecture and read volumes day after day? Did you just start to get good at public speaking when your class ended? This class will focus on sharpening your public speaking skills by using intensive practice techniques and participating in extracurricular speech tournaments. These tournaments are a fun and exciting opportunity to learn public speaking by doing. Students will write, perform, and compete in a variety of speech events. Most class time will focus on the nuts and bolts of assembling speeches for competition. This class will rapidly enhance the Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but d o meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Pickleball HPE 002-P Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:OO M, 7; M! Th, F Room: Melby Gym-norlWsouth courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F Instructor: Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:OO M, b Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sport: Badminton HPE 002-6 Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only. Gradualion Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 11:OO-12:OOM, 7; M! Th, F Room: Melby Gym-north/south courts Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-6 Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, 7; M! Th, F Room: Air Structure Interim Abroad UMAIE SPP 201-1 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. African Philosophy Through Kenyan Material Culture Americans in Paris: The Lost Generation Anglican Way Art, Arias, and Architecture: Central Europe from the Alps to the Adriatic Australia's Business Climate Bcrlin nnd Prog~rc:C!ritrirnl,Pnlitirnl, u?ld E a l ~ o m i cIlynottlics o l Qlrl Cnpitnl5 in n New Erdropu Coral I(qJs in the I'lrilippil~~s R P ~ I Il-ln,\nii: lllr rttntr Itnpcicts or1 Ili.npicnl RL'PJ~ TItc EtlgliFl~SC!I001 C I I I I I Flrttzily Eurapu ntrri ;lie Rise of M n ~ l u rScict~ce i~ Explrrre I'rnr: Lniltl of Arivcnhln The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings History of C~ribhcunMusic (see pg. 31) History of tftc Oiyr?rpics History and ??rr~ctict of Medicine and Science in China: A C o r ~ i p n r i s oWith ~ ~ the Wfit lrrnovnfinris r r r ~ r fOrgntrizarion itt Scnt~dittnvirj ftltermeriintc SpanisI1 l , n 1 1 ~ 1 r nrind g C14lttlrein Sor~ther~r Spnin Irclttncl: tlttrlerstnnrii~pl:Clrrislin)~Crllic Spirit~rnrify Li~~~rlsnlprs oj' F~ditlt:Cntlrc,rlrrrls, Ahbi:ys, nncl I'nnslrcr Law in London and Dublin Ma rry Fcices of Jtdpnrr Nn~rrml History $Xtnzania-East Africa ihris nncl Landon-Sculptors in Cities and Environs Performing Arts in Russian Rnlr q r t l ~ Artist e in Contempi~rflryEgypt Socinl Corlflict and Recor~cilrntiotrit1 Jrdnnd Sorrvrls n ~ wSights i of Eurnpc (scc~~g. 48) Theater in and Around London This is New Zealand Sounds and Sights of Europe (UMAIE Course) MUS 179-1 Instructor: Roberta Kagin Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as Paris, Vienna, and Prague. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual arts seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, art-music sheets, and exams over material covered. For information about this course, call Prof. Roberta Kagin, (612) 330-1273. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1975-1976
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1975-1976
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit...
Show more augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Table of contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 22, EXPENSES PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 96, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January. . MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18 departments. MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major ELECTIVE.. . . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN.. . . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. .. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE.. . .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very special colleges that can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at avariety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government for the purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. . You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude for you to design much of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the "4-1 -4," In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available-the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Buckskins. Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The current student body of over 1500 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 50% are resident students, while others commute daily from the greater metropolitan area. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) Location History Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a number of associations that set standards by which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 15 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Visiting the Campus T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. </ * ', - +..' \ - \--+-' - r , . :- I \ . . , .. , '. \ - - . . . , - I ' ., .* J' . . . , d. 4. Science Hall 5. Old Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7 . Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10 Memorial Hall 1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex 12. Music Hall 13 SI Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng B. Student Parking ..2 -f Offices ?-.I Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S ) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Programs (Science 156) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Sc~ence32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) d. - < Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Science 156) Little Theater (Speech Building) MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor) Personnel Office (Science 135) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 135) S.O,S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg aims to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to the interests and abilities of each person. opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty who take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the latest visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this break in the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors are available through the Five College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- ' quirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several programs. FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to do this to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or because a specific course is not offered on the home campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of 12 colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation center). One purpose of the classes, which are offered by several departments, is to get a first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals, and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive instruction in biology, chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology at Augsburg. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two years at Washington University. Each year the Conservation of Human Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates' matriculation in these co-learning courses. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar is coordinated with that of Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who enroll may select courses on either campus. Two sessions are offered each summer. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program Some special accelerated course sections are available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of all class years, interdisciplinary honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary to meet the student's needs and interests. Addi- tional information on the honors program is available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg. available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program. It provides students in all fields of study with the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, avariety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Religious Life. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held four times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Recreation Student Sewices Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relax- The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, financial problems, student activities, and residence halls. The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. The faculty takes both a scholastic and personal interest in students. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the greater campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. An optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing units. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 30 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded upon graduation, transfer to another institu- tion, or discontinuing the educational program at Augsburg if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. didates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. Avisit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. The Application Process Transfer 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universitieson the basis of their academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education require- 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript through the last complete semester to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that can- ments at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Transfer Process 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to the: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give them to two persons to fill out and return directly to the Admissions Office in the postage paid envelopes which are provided. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After a deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student must agree to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with acollege course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. About 70% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college in the form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1973-74, approximately 1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources, and federal loans totaling $480,000. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $2,349 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning in September, 1975. Students time when they take three are 'Onsidered or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. Such registration is payable in this manner: Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305. Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044. If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $155 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new students. Graduation fee is $15.00. Registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $190. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day, SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $15 Computer Science, $30 per course Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00 Student Teaching, $35. Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim), Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy, $1 .oo. Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or $3.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,251 Partial Board and Room - $1,170 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $819 5 Day Lunch Plan - $252 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 14 meals per week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract." A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year. 1975-76 Cost Summary Board and Room - $1,251 Breakage Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second semester is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Business Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Refunds Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $2,349 (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule: 100% through the first Friday of classes. 80% during the balance of first week of classes. 70% during the second week of classes. 60% during the third week of classes. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced by 50%. 50% during the fourth week of classes. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. 40% during the fifth week of classes. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general physical activities courses at Augsburg are designed to equip students for lifetime sports and recreational activities. Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, it scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing. b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physiesrpsychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 , political science, s o c i o d a n d one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one semester of activities. Divisional Organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Norma C. Noonan Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian Area Studies, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for.three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in afailing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors, Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Grading Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Sociology 383, some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and.date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore. . . . 7 courses.. Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses.. Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses.. . . . . 14 grade points . . . . 32 grade points . . . . 50 grade points To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol #. Course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and a, Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* History of the United States American Studies 231 History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis) Religion 352,363 Literature and Fine Arts in the United States American Studies 232 Art 102 English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States American Studies 260 Economics 120, 122, 123,251 Education 478 # Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370, 371, 421 Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381, 383 Social Work 351, 463 credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under major. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Offered 1974-75.) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Philip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from 386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223, 225, 350. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required. MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from 386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225, 350. Department of Art 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique. (Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 132 PHOTOGRAPHY Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3 one hour lectures. Spring) The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS II Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINTMAKING I Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring) 368 PRINTMAKING II Advanced work in various media, including silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. 350 CERAMICS I 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) a, Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 352,361 (Group I); 355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111, 112,352 and at least one course from each of the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I); 361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471, 476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 11 1, Fall; 112, Spring) 352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY An analysis of the structure of animals and the evolutionary relationships revealed by this analysis. This includes an inquiry into the structural changes which occur and new structures which appear in the course of evolution, the way in which these structures enable the animal to function in the environ- ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed by this study, and the classification of animals based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, life histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research.Topics may concern research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. Forthose planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101,102,131,261, 262,373,379,478, and one other course from the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122, 123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379, 478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subiects (Eco- nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property'and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Interim, Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Business Education have had one year of high school typewriting, (Interim) MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101,102,131; Business Education 110,364, 460,465; Economics 122,123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108. Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business Administration 101,102,131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute. (Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1976-77) Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124, 125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106), and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124,125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. certification after July, 1979 requires course work in earth and life sciences. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Department of Chemistry of approved research; participation in semin ar Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall; 76, Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to the biological and environmental sciences. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5 hour laboratory) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using avariety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. a, This major, offered by the five colleges in the Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16 courses distributed as follows: Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage Four Courses in cultural specialization a, Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year. East Asian Studies Four courses in comparative emphases Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history department, or Donald Steinmetz of the foreign languages department, for information on specific courses that may apply toward this major. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. The student is advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and 481, 482 and electives 2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 358, The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary education. Fall, Spring) 371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary Education c) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 105, General Psychology f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical education, or music majors Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc- cessful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their special area. A person working for certification in one of these special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. Human Relations Laboratory. (Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program). Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Spring) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (Fall, Spring) Speech and Drama (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Materials and methods for teaching physical education. Includes also the American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by astudy of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior standing. Fall, Spring) Library Science MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359. Fall, Spring) Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in avariety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT RESOURCES Production and use of audio-visual materials in libraries and library systems. This course offered in conjunction with the 5-College Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) a, Augsburg College and the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year period, with the first three years being spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu- a, Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in British literature (1 course from literature before 1660), 1 course in American literature, 1 course in world literature (a course outside the Anglo-American tradition), and course 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing (219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and Library Science 475 are required. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering dents accepted into the program will be guaranteed admission to the Washington University Engineering School, provided they are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Department of English Honors thesis may be an independent study program. MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331, 332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy 242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352; English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic value and the historical significance of the film medium. See also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention is also given to the contribution of the writer to the historical development and literary movements of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE English 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course. Study of the works of selected classical Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. (Fall, Spring) 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 272 LITERARY CLASSICS The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. (Fall, Spring) 219 ADVANCED WRITING 282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE A course designed to develop advanced skills in avariety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76) 288 LITERARY CRITICISM A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of the works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. (Spring) Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years, 1975-76 Fall) 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 368 MODERN DRAMA While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77) Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76) 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 367 MODERN POETRY 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel through study of selected British, American, and continental novels. (Alternate years, 1975-76) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) - - - - Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or consent of department chairman, Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) - Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Ruth Aaskov Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at the beginning of any term and after consultation with the instructor. Students placed in a particular course wishing to register for a more elementary course may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the spoken language are reviewed and intensively practiced using cultural readings in Chinese characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level Mandarin Chinese or #) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. One interim plus one semester, or one semester plus one summer of study in France strongly recommended. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. One interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: 111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with Chinese characters and the written language. In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural readings using Chinese characters. Foreign Language Methods for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 011 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. Offered on demand. - - 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system, basic noun groups and verb forms, and sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and speaking on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on advanced placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have studied most of the basic structures may here review all tenses and some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory work. (Fall) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading and literary study in French. (Spring) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand- ing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Fall) 311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall) 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years. Fall 1976) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years. Fall 1977) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of the major literary works from the twelfth century renaissance through the six- teenth century. These include the epic, courtly romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written reports in French, some laboratory texts. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every third year) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey of the major literary contributors to the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1976-77. Offered alternate years) 353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of the major works contributing to the enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I A survey of the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring) 451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977. Every third year) 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays that shows the evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or 353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey (351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a ma- jor paper and its defense are included. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) more universal perspective of world literature. Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall) German 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall. 212, Spring) Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1977) 351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from the heroic and courtly literature of the middle ages, the Reformation era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by lectureson the history of German literature and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds. (Fall 1976) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1780 1890 Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and its relation to social, political and intellectual questions. (Spring 1977) - 353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY Principle works of Impressionism and 20th century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse, Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975, 1977) 211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Seleclion from the New Testament with special emphasis given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth yearly) Japanese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Fall 1975, 1977) Introduction to Japanese language and culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern, conversational expressions and, in the second semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese syllabary and Chinese characters are learned gradually from the very first lesson. 451 GERMAN PROSE 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Spring 1977) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (1 11 Fall, 112 Spring) Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading to improve the student's comprehension and facility in expression of Japanese. Reading materials will be chosen from avariety of fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #) Linguistics 311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar, case grammar, generative semantics, with the aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria and the explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will also be contrasted with respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory and the way in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring) present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Inquiry into the psychological foundations of language and the contribution of modern linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of recent linguistic research are examined for their implications for various psychological topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, innate ideas and psychological universals. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program 111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson (Director) MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each year. These courses solicit students from the community on a non-credit basis as well as college students on a credit basis. MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall. 112, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall) 311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall) 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota. (Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from the community on a noncredit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring) SPANISH MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315, 456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315, 331, and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America strongly recommended) 111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (111, Fall, Spring; 112, Spring) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring 1977) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Offered on demand.) 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213, Fall; 214, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (Fall) 315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fa11) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring) Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978) 417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR 352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II 456 SPANISH DRAMA A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall 1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977) Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand) Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 1976, 1978) 457 SPANISH NOVEL 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977) a, Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major with certain supporting courses, qualifies a Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 1977) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History student for certification as a social studies teacher on the secondary level. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser, for details. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in sequence. 331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the post-New Deal era. (Fall) 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1200s. (Fall, Spring) The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Spring) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1975-76) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77) with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall) 412 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period. An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history. (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. (Spring) 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring, 1976-77) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the distinctive features of the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization, and Japan's emergence as a major world power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (Fall, 1976-77) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring) 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events and developments in the area due to confrontation This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. a, Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224, 314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real Algebra, gy, and Mathematics-Education. Department of Mathematics 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction to mathematical models and structure. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. No course credit will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years) 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, and logarithms. (Fall) Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 121,122 CALCULUS I, II Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121, Fall; 122, Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring) 314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is recommended. Fall) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, regression and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered alternate years) 427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func- tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues. (Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate years) 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 454 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. (Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted towards a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00) a, This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. a, Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111, 362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a minimum of one course in internship and/or independent study. The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110; Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education 478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351 and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent studies, by approval of the Director and the Advisory Council. Medical Technology Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, business education, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. *The course in metro-urban planning is not as yet a regular part of the course offerings. The interim, independent study, and internship can provide opportunities for such a course. For planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program. Creative alternatives to the above suggested programs will be considered. Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karle'n MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260, 261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457, 458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency, and music repertoire tests. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223, 224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354, 355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education. BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire tests. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260, 261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476; Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362; Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121, 231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign languages; and speech, communication and theater arts. The major follows the approved curriculum of the National Association for Music Therapy. MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and two music repertoire tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops and campus recitals also required. Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue the Bachelor of Music degree must declare their intent not later than the end of their Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory 102. Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and all campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All music majors and minors, must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors are required to pass three Music Repertoire tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire tests. Information regarding the test may be secured from the Music Office. Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8 terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2 terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1 year. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and with correct fingering, at moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be played from memory. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour lessons. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, (1) pass an advanced standing test in music theory, and (2) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first term at Augsburg. The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC An objective analysis of musical stimuli: design and implementation of experimental research in music. give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC THERAPY Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers. Dates and times to be arranged. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates with music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-. ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) a, NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 111,112. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351 and 361. In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after con- Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition, Orchestra Membership by audition. Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science sultation with a member of the Physics Department. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111, 112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and Physics 121, 122. a, Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of Nursing Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of Admissions for further information. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach 120 ETHICS MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242, 343. and 344. Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. 130 LOGIC Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do you? Does the conclusion follow from the given premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE Socrates said that the unexamined life is not worth living. We want you to take a look at your beliefs to see whether or not they are worth holding. What do you know? What makes things what they are? Must you be able to define the good before you can do it? These and other questions will be looked at through the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to see what they have to say to modern man. (Fall, Spring) How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? What did Aristotle the scientist think of this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world -can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975) 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1976) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings- both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies in such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc. (Suggested prior course: 344) 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242, 343, or #.) Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Department of Physical Education' and Health Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352, 365, 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351, 352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361, 362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required. required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical education and . athletics. Physical Education 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring) PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses. 111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110, 111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111, 243,351,482 and practicum in coaching. (Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study) Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota public schools are 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. (Fall, Spring) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND AQUATICS 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. (Fall) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS 351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103, Chemistry 105. Spring) Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351, 352, Summer School only) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Spring) A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department) Consult department chairman. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall) Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or senior only) Health Education 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH 360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) Curriculum, organization and administration of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975) a, Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson 121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362, and 395. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv. frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in a, Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The major in Political Science will consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics (Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486. Spring) Department of Political Science 5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: The minor in Political Science will consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or 160. Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The electoral process, emphasizing political parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field work with parties, pressure groups and other relevant organizations. (Students may not take BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic. 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Students interested in secondary education niay take one of the three broad social science options with a concentration in Political Science. See the Department Chairman for more information. Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public opinion research and political public relations. For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL BEHAVIOR (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. See Section I1 for description) 121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political system; contemporary political issues imping- (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and the determinants of voter choice, including study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or # I Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT The modernization process in developing areas with particular attention to the creation, maintenance, and administration of political structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered on demand) IV. PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) temporary Communism, and the impact of historical traditions in the Soviet Union and other communist states. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.) Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human society. (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist, socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary search' for political processes and structures appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.) 382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories, the development and uses of ideology in con- Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting courses from other departments may also be required. The major program is planned in consultaton with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses will include 105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264, 265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year, and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) It is recommended that psychology majors take some course work from among the following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355, 473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261. 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration is to be made during the junior year. 352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring) 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology; two courses i n biology are recommended. Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 361 PERSONALITY Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361. Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105. Fa11) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) 481 HISTORY AND THEORY 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) History of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science to the study of such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research in which students select an area of investigation, plan the appropriate design, collect data, and write a research re- a, Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck port according to the standards established by the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing and #. Fall, Spring) \' 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper division New Testament Greek. The major shall include one interim course; and at least three out of the following four areas shall be represented by at least one course : 352-356, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484, 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major and 3.00 over-all; research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. 352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP MINOR: 5 courses Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. See under Department of Philosophy. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of worship services. (Fall) 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed'and discussed. (Spring) - 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to the history of religion. An historical survey beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major religious traditions and forms of faith found in India, China, and Japan (special attention will be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of this survey is to introduce both the variety and the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to their participants, as well as their significance to the rest of mankind. (See under Department of Music) 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. (Fall) 361 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) - 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1976-77) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the church. (Spring) a, Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist This major is designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies and for others who desire a broad major in this area. A major consists of 14 courses, which may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Spring) Social Science ics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least 2 courses in history and 2 courses in political science: History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. . . - . . .. - - 7 courses in history: adistribution of these courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at least 4 of these courses must be upper division and one a seminar; 2 courses in political science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or 495). For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of the State of Minnesota for a high .school teacher of the social studies, there must be among the courses taken at least 7 courses in history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course in geography; 1 course in anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses in the methodology of the Social Sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other courses in economics, political science, and sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper division course in econom- 1 course in each of geography, anthropology, statistics; 11 courses in history, political science, and economics, with at least 3 in each discipline and at least 5 upper division courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363, 381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416, 440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. a, Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim course. MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic forms; sociological models for analyzing the structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Basic background for advanced work in sociology. (Fall, Spring) historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches towards solutions. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized" world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons; physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending on needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY The structure and function of the family unit and its place through time in the larger social system. Includes interaction within the family, sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring) 232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS An analysis of the causes and nature of the contemporary social problems in light of their 362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An integrated two-course sequence in sociological research; analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life; use of data processing equipment and computers in sociological research. Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are strongly encouraged to take this sequence their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or # ; high school algebra. Fall, Spring) utilized as a major learning laboratory. (Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring) 365 SOCIAL STATISTICS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only) Scientific methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, calculating measures of central tendency, variability and association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall, Spring) 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or lntership Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational components of phenomena commonly seen as individual problems: phenomena such as mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and in various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of social stratification and social organization; their structural and dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology, including 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul Steen MAJOR: The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but freshmen and sophomores are advised to take Social Work 257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology 105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One course in the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program should be taken (see the index in this catalog to find where to read about CHR courses). The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology 351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology 375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be taken as freshman or sophomore); and Sociology 231 and 232. 257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. (Interim) 351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic features of the helping process; social work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work; public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo . class periods and six hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior standing or #. Fall) 352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL WELFARE A pair of seminars consisting of social security (required) and one additional seminar in such topics as mental retardation, alcohol and chemical dependency, or the ecology of welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week to learn by practice the basic skills of social work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #. Interim) 353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS Direction and application of principles and techniques of social work interventive methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring) 357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY A summer work experience of ten weeks or longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution. Special opportunity to consider career aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical reports and participation in seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer) 358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent study relating to the work experience. Study to be reported in a major paper of high quality. ,-- ......"., /<~rmrnerI 461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN SPECIAL AREAS Emphasis on the refinement of social work practice skills and development of role models for effective service in programs serving special groups such as the aged, mentally retarded, chemically dependent, and youth. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours related field experience or an approved plan for independent work in community study or planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall) a, 467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL WORK Responsibilites assigned as a professional social worker in some social welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to 20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major. Spring) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English 219. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 111, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor s h or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 111, 116, and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, light and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354, 360,476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or 243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467, 476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics. THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than technical elements. (Spring) 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION Practical experience in the production of radio and television programs of diverse kinds: news programs, talk shows, documentaries, and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered 1974-75. Fall) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY A study of the distinctive character of each of the major mass media, with emphasis on their role in society. See also description under Department of Political Science. (Spring) 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers as well as elementary and secondary school teachers. (Fall) Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Spring) 228 STAGECRAFT 353 ADVERTISING Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Fall) An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) 352 PERSUASION - 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 399 INTERNSHIP Introduction to communication dynamics embracing scientific as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. (Spring) Consult the Department Chairman for details. 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Fall) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication theory. (Fall) 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper division students only. (Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) a,-- Transdisciplinary Major A student who wishes to follow an individually designed major may do so under the title: Transdisciplinary major. Although this major may not be well suited for students who plan to pursue graduate studies, it does enable them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must include at least two-thirds of the number of courses required in each of two major fields offered at the college. Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year. The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1973-74 .......................... . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840 .. 285 Summer Session, 1974 ................................................................. Summary of Graduates Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................ 5,736 Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) ......................................... 315 A RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French). Department Chairman COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary Education) *WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University, Department Chairman ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies B KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia (German and Russian) *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of Iowa (Head Football Coach) JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) D F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke University JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program) MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University Department Chairman SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (Spanish) *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College *JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota (Voice) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota * P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford University ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S. 1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach) *VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (German) *I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French) MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman *JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota L *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation M RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn) *MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska (Elementary Education) *ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity of Wisconsin -Madison, M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) *ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at Albany GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest) *KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota (Greek) ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971, University of Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American Studies) NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairman DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) *VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairman WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String Instruments) Q MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman R BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University, Department Chairman STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary Education) *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish) S EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England) LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) "IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science) MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany) *ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion) PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) *CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department Chairman PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa Barbara NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman *EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental Music, Director of the String Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass) * Part-time Administration ......................................................... .................................................... President.. College Pastor,. Oscar A. Anderson Lowell Brandt FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse Wayne Pederson Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. . Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster Administrative Assistant for Operations and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey ....... ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey Associate Dean of the Faculty F. Mark Davis and Director of Special Programs.. Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley Larry Glenn Director of Audio Visual Services John C. Dawson Director of MUSIP .................................................. Louise McColl Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program .............................. .................................... ......................... DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Foundation and Government Relations.. Donald A. Christenson Jeroy Carlson Director of Alumni and Parents Programs.. Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson .................. ........................... INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT Vice President for Institutional Advancement.. ........................ Bruce L. Gildseth College Relations Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren Steven J. Vite Manager of Publications., ........................................... Admissions Director of Admissions.. Donald E. Webber Assistant Director of Admissions,. Dave Benzel Assistant Director of Admissions.. Barb J. Lundberg Karen Nelson Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman ............................................ ................................... .................................... .............................................. Student Affairs Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson Joel Mugge Director of Student Programs.. Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone Ralph Crowder Coordinator of Minority Affairs. ....................................... ...................................... ............................25 Academic Administration Academic Life Accreditation Administration Admission to the College Advanced Placement Advanced Standing American Studies Anthropology Art. Department of Bachelor of Music Degree Biology. Department of Board. Cost of Business Administration Business Education Calendar Campus Campus Map Chemistry. Department of Chinese Classification Communications Computer Science Conservation of Human , . Resources (CHR) Corrective Therapy Courses of Study Course Descriptions Credit by Examination Degrees Divisional Organization Early Admission Early Decision East Asian Studies Economics Education. Department of Education. Elementary Education. Secondary Engineering English. Department of Enrollment Expenses Faculty Financial Aid Financial Information Five College Cooperative Food Service French Foreign Languages Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements Geography German Grading Graduates (1870-1974) Graduates. Summary of Graduation Requirements Graduation With Distinction Greek ...................................... 11 ....................................... 7 ...................................... 94 .......................19. 32a ................................ 20 ................................. 20 ............................... 30. 29a .................................. 80 ...............................30. 7a ........................15. 62 ...........................33. 9a ...................................... 23 ........................35. 10a .............................37. I l a .......................................... 11 .......................................... 7 .......................................8 .......................40. 12a .....................................49. 16a ...................................... 29 ...............................83. 13a ..............................60. 19a ............ ................ 13. 5a .............................. 13. 68 ............................29. 30. 6a .............................30. 7a .............................. 29 ........................................15 ............................. 26 ................................ 20. 32a .................................. 20. 32a ............................. 42. 29a ..................................... 38. 14a .......................42. 15a ......................... .42. 15a ...........................43. 15a ..................................... 13. 46 ..........................46. 16a ................................. ...... 88 .......................................... 22 .......................................... 11. 87 ....................................... 21 ............................... 22 .................... . . . .. 12 ....................................... 18 ................. . . ....................49. 16a ............................. 49. 16a ...........................26 ....................11 .................................... .a. 1....................................... .52, 77e ............................................ 27 .............................88 .............................88 ........................... 25 .........................28 ..........................................53. 17s ...............................70. 22a ........................ 6 ..........................56. 18a ....................................14 ......................................... 17 .......................................6 ..................................28 ......................12. 3a .........................16. 17a .......................................... 53 .........................................47 ................................. 45. 15a ..................................... 53. 17a ...........................................6 ............................................. 12 Health Education History of Augsburg College History. Department of Honors Program Housing Identification Independent Study Inter-lnstltutional Programs Intercollegiate Athletics Japanese Journalism Library Science Linguistics Location Majors Mathematics. Department of Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) Music. Department of Music Therapy Nature and Objectives of Augsburg Natural Science New Dimensions Program Numbering of Courses Nursing Personnel of the College Philosophy. Department of Physical Education Physics. Department of Political Science. Department of Pre-Professional Training Probation and Dismissal Psychology. Department of Recreation Refunds Registration Religion. Department of Religious Life Room Costs Russian Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Majors Social Work Sociology. Department of Spanish Speech. Department of Student Life Student Services Summer School Study Abroad Symbol (#) Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Major Transfer to Augsburg Tuition and Fees Visiting the Campus .....................59. 18a ........................13. 61. 19a ............................61. 29a ....................15. 4a ...........................62. 21a ......................................62 .................. 6 ................................65. 29a ...........................17 ..............................29 .......................................... 66 ............................84 ......................66. 22a .............................68. 22a .........................70. 23a .................71. 24a .......................12. 29a ............................ 27 ......................75, 25a .........................................16 ............................................23 ...................................... 26 .........................77, 2Se ......................................16 ......................................... 23 ........................................54. 17a . ..................... ma .......................... 78. ................................60.81. 26a .64. 29a ....................... BO. 288 ........................................55. 1Ta .......................... 89.27a ........................................7% . ............................ .... .16 .......................... , ..... 13. 14 ......................................14 .....................................29. 30 .................................... 63, 280 ......................... 66,28a ....................... 18.20. 12a .................................... 22 ................................ Z Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1996-1998
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1996-1998
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
f , , , - - / . . A -LA--,-- b I. a & ' - d ' - L' _ - 1 , , ' ' .* L ,1 L? e: c.: .- -1 ' :em7r.7 .- "& i" 2'-' ,:, ;, " Z "J L! (3 w s I ; 1 .c] 7, ,&, ,:: , L 1 r-7 5 2 4 2 . .. . <.' : -.; ; : . 1 . -. - . ;. , . .~. -11 - I .G -...
Show more f , , , - - / . . A -LA--,-- b I. a & ' - d ' - L' _ - 1 , , ' ' .* L ,1 L? e: c.: .- -1 ' :em7r.7 .- "& i" 2'-' ,:, ;, " Z "J L! (3 w s I ; 1 .c] 7, ,&, ,:: , L 1 r-7 5 2 4 2 . .. . <.' : -.; ; : . 1 . -. - . ;. , . .~. -11 - I .G -. .. -. - , . K > 7 Z kP: 2 ?< ;z v- - Ll. .,:t - . _ 1 -- ..A' .. I . . " . .. ::: I '- - ..- - -- 2' ( I f" i I .? , - .- , -IL I - .. I.. -- - .:, : 4 . . - C .. - I ,' I = .: .;. I I - . - . , , -- , -- I I :' I L ' .. - . -1 -- 4 11 -4' A - L I - A Greeting from the President Welcome to Augsburg College from all of us who teach, study and work here. It is always a pleasure to introduce the Augsburg experience to prospective students and to welcome new and returning students. Some people refer to us as "the small town campus in the heart of the city." That phrase does indeed capture our character and our strength as a college. Augsburg is an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church, a place where people know and care about you. Here you can also gain "real world" experience to complement your education - before you enter the workplace for the first time. The College continues to grow and build on its long tradition of academic excellence. I invite you to become a part of the Augsburg experience by joining this caring and diverse community of learners and teachers. I look forward to meeting you on campus. Sincerely, Charles S. Anderson, Ph.D. President Fall Term 1996 Summer ......................................... Freshman regstration Sept. 1-3/Sun.-Tues. ....................New student orientation Sept. 4/Wed. ................................. Upperclass validation Sept. 4/Wed. .................................Classes begin Sept. 10/Tues. ............................... Last day to register Sept. 10/Tues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on record Oct. 25/Fri. ....................................Mid-term break begins Nov. 8/Fri. .................................. Last day to designate grading option Nov. 15/Fri. .................................. Last day to withdraw from class Nov. 18-Dec. 6/Mon.-Fri. ........... Interim registration Nov. 18-Dec. 6/Mon.-Fri. ........... Spring term registration Nov. 28/Thurs. .......................... Thanksgiving recess begins Dec. 2/Mon. ..................................Classes resume Dec. 13/Fri. ................................... Classes end Dec. 16-19/Mon.-Thurs............... Final exams Interim Term 1997 Jan. 6/Mon. ................................... Interim classes b e p Jan. 7/Tues. ................................... Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without notation on record Jan. 17/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from , class Jan. 29/Wed. .................................Classes end Spring Term 1997 Feb. 3/Mon. ................................... Classes begin Feb. 7/Fri. ...................................... Last day to register Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation Feb. 7/Fri. .................................. on record Mar. 24/Mon. ................................Mid-term/Easter break begins Apr. 1/Tues. ................................ Classes resume . ......... Last day to designate grading option Apr. 11/Fri. .................... . Apr. 18/Fri. ................................... Last day to withdraw from a class Apr. 28-May 9/Mon.-Fri. ............ Early regstration for fall May 16/Fri ................................. Classes end May 19-22/Mon.-Thurs. .............Final exams May 25/Sun. ................................. Baccalaureate/Commencement 1997-1998 ACADEMIC CALENDAR rENTATlVE - CONSULT THE 1997-1998 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC IECISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES Fall Term 1997 Summer .......................................... Freshman registration Aug. 31-Sept. 2/Sun.-Tues. ........ New student orientation Sept. 3/Wed. ................................. Upperclass validation Sept. 3/Wed. ................................. Classes b e p Sept. 9/Tues. ................................. Last day to register 3ept. 9/Tues. ................................. Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on record Dct. 24/Fri. .................................... Mid-term break b e p s Nov. 7/Fri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option Nov. 10-28/Mon.-Fri. .................. Interim regstration Nov. 14jFri.. ................................. Last day to withdraw from class Nov. 17-Dec. 5/Fri.-Fri................ Spring term registration Nov. 27/Thurs. ............................. Thanksgving recess begins Dec. 1/Mon. .................................. Classes resume Dec. 12/Fri. ................................... Classes end Dec. 15-18/Mon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams Interim Term 1998 [an. 5/Mon. ...................................Interim classes begin [an. 6/Tues. ................................... Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without notation on record [an. 16/Fri. .....................................Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a class [an.28/Wed. ................................. Classes end Spring Term 1998 Feb. 2/Mon. ...................................Classes begin Feb. 6/Fri. .................................... Last day to register Feb. 6/Fri. ........................... . ......Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record Mar. 23/Mon. ................................Mid-term break begins Mar. 3O/Mon.. ..............................Classes resume Apr. 9/Thurs. ................................Last day to designate grading option 4pr. 10/Fri. ...................................Easter break begins Apr. 14/Tues. ................................ Classes resume Apr. 17/Fri. ...................................Last day to withdraw from a class Apr. 20.-May l/Mon-Fri. ............ Early registration for fall May 15/Fri .................................... Classes end May 18-Zl/Mon.-Thurs. ............. Final exams May 24/Sun. ................................. Baccalaureate/Commencement 5 - Area Code 612 Academic Advising ............................................................................................................ 330-1025 330-1024 Academic Affairs ................................................................................................................... Admissions ............................................................................................................................. 330-1001 Toll free number ..............................................................................................1-800-788-5671 Alumni/Parent Relations .................................................................................................... 330-1171 330-1242 Athletics .................................................................................................................................. Business Office (fees and accounts) .................................... ............................................... 330-102s Career Services ......................................................................................................................330-1162 . . College Pastor/Campus Mlrustry ....................................................................................330-1732 330-118C College Relations (news and publications) ...................................................................... Conference/Events Coordinator ........................................................................................ 330-1105 ,.,..................................... 330-1612 Development (financial gifts to the college) ............................ Facilities Management ...................................................................................................... 330-1104 Financial Aid (scholarships) .................................... ..................................................... 330-1046 General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ............................ 330-100C Graduate Programs .............................................................................................................. 330-17% Human Resources .................................................................................................................330-1058 Interim Office.........................................................................................................................330-1024 330-100C Lost and Found ...................................................................................................................... 330-1219 President ................................................................................................................................. . ...................................................................................... Registrar ....................................... . 330-103t Residence Life (Housing) ..............................................................................................330-1105 Student Activities Office ................................................................................................330-1113 Student Affairs ......................................................................................................................330-116C Student Government Office ................................................................................................330-lllC Summer School Office ..........................................................................................................330-179E Weekend College ..................................................................................................................330-1782 Mailing Address: 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis. Minnesota 55454 Web Site Address: http: / /www.augsburg.edu Majors Offered - 8 About Augsburg - 9 Mission Statement - 9 History - 9 Campus Location - 11 Facilities and Housing Associated Support Organizations- 13 Accreditation and Membership - 14 Augsburg Facts and Fig1 Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Business Administration/Finance Business Adrninistration/Intemational Business Business Administration/Management Business Administration/Marketing Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication General Communication Studies Mass Communications Organizational Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) Computational Economics East Asian Studies1 Economics Applied Economics Economics Economics/Business Administration Education Education Studies (non-licensure) Elementary Education Studies (nonlicensure) Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure) Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering English ~ e i l t Education h History International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Applied Mathematics Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Nursing (B.S. - Weekend College only) Philosophy Physical Education Physician Assistant Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Youth and Family Ministry Russian, Central and East European Area Studies ' Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Women's Studies It is possible for students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to do so must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possiblefor students to take beginning1 interrnediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC o f i e . 'Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University. A \ t Augsburg College, we believe that the college experience should be a time of exploration, of discovery, of new experiences and new possibilities. We also believe that a liberal arts education is your best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing and complex world of today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems and communicate effectively. Select from 50 majors Augsburg offers more than 50 majors or you can create your own major either on campus or through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See page 49 for a complete list of majors and minors.) This five-college consortium allows students to take courses on other campuses without charge. The ACTC includes Augsburg College, Harnline University, Macalester College, the University of St. Thomas, and the College of St. Catherine. We emphasize values, perspectives, experience and skills The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg Curriculum - the College's general education program that structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses that require students to consider important issues and examine values questions. These liberal arts perspectives include western heritage, intercultural awareness, human identity, the social world, Christian faith, the city, aesthetics and the natural world. At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you for a lifetime - writing, speaking, critical t h d u n g and quantitative reasoning, to name a few. Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in the heart of a thriving metropolitan area, many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the resources of the Twin Cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College: To nurture leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879. l o About Augsburg - Early Leaders Establish a Direction The Focus Changed August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr., became president. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the s ~ m i n a ~ . The College's mission assumed a double character - ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modem college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Serninarv) in St. Paul in 1963. About Auasbura l1 A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Umess Tower, the Christensen Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting three graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increased accessibility, and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication and the Oscar Anderson Residence Hall. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city -with all its excitement, challenges and diversity - is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 13,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. In addition to a traditional undergraduate liberal arts and sciences "day" program, Augsburg offers a Weekend College program for nontraditional students and master's degree programs in social work, leadership and education-leadership. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers -Riverside Medical Center - is adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, whch forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. l2 About Augsburg W FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/ skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Admissions Office - The central Admissions Office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and Afrikana Support Program Offices Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and Black students. Anderson Hall -Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is the newest building on campus. Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 men and women and the Physician Assistant Program. (1993) Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An airsupported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing year-around use. Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. It is also the office for the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. East Hall -Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) and the Center for Atmospheric Space Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theatre, Hoversten Chapel and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for the Campus Ministry program, drama and communication offices. The Foss Center's lower level is home to the Gage Family Academic Enrichment Center, which includes the Learning Skills Office, the CLASS (Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services) Program, the Groves Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center and the John Evans Learning Laboratory. (1988) Christensen Center - Center with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government and student publications. The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991 to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. The Center also houses the offices of Alumni/Parent Relations and is located at 2124 S. Seventh Street. College Relations House - Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for College Relations staff, who oversee public relations and publications for the College. Ice Arena - Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) About Augsburg 13 Library/lnformation Technology Center (under construction) - This new four-level brick structure is scheduled to open during the 1997-'98 academic year. It will house all library functions and bring together the computer technology resources of the College. construction is in progress on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 21st Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh St. Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegate and intramural athletics, fitness center and general auditorium purposes. (1961) Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923to 1964), it has 104 one and twobedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall - Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main - Home for the Modem Language and Art Departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall - Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. (1949) South Hall and Annex Houses - All are located in or near the campus area and provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. George Sverdrup Library - Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, Cooperative Education and classrooms. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have p e n several generous gfts to the College. The tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs which increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to the programs listed below, the College is also home to Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, l4 About Augsburg - public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a nonprofit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. By drawing on the talents and resources of others concerned with the success of students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps them move from thinking to doing, from wanting to having, and from dreaming to achieving. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. Nordic Center - The Nordic Center promotes interest in contemporary Norway, encourages the pursuit of Nordic studies and nurtures intercultural relations between the United States and the five Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic Center is located at 2400 Butler Place. Augsburg Youth and Family Institute - The Institute is designed to help churches better serve the c h a n p g needs of youth and families. The Institute offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar1 workshops, a resource center and counseling services. POLICIES It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed on page 44 or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education (BSW and MSW), National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM), the Council of Independent Colleges, the American Association of Colleges and Universities, and the American Association of Higher Education. We are members of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. About Augsburg Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. 5 1 Location - Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. 1 Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 20 percent represent other Protestant denominations and 21 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. II Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by the American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, and National League for Nursing. 1 Member - Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council. Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board, as described on page 14. 1 Enrollment (Fall 1995-'96) - 2,858 students from 37 states and 31 nations. 1 Graduates - 13,225 undergraduates from 1870 through August 31,1995. II StudentIFaculty Ratio - 14 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 20-25. II Campus - 16 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. 1 Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. II Degrees Granted - B.A., B.S., B.M., M.A., M.S.W. 1 Financial Aid -Over 85 percent of the students receive some form of fmancial aid from the College and many other sources. II Library - Over 175,000 items, direct access to over 1,300,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The new Library and Information Technology Center is scheduled to open during the 1997-'98 academic year. School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, wifh January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program - trimesters, September to June. LI Majors - More than 50 majors in 23 departments. 1 Off Campus Programs - Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. 1 Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. II Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community and the community at large. Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Visit the Campus Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's Admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Call any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. - (612) 330-1001 or tollfree (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including Saturday mornings during the school year). The Admissions Office is located on the comer of Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call first.) FRESHMEN Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the nonrefundable $20 application fee. Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examinz tion Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcripl Test Scores - Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It wil suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information- If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with a Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's course work, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions DecisionAugsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two Admissions weeks after the application file is complete md has been evaluated by the Admissions Zomrnittee. Confirmation of Admission -Ac:epted students who are applying for 'inancia1aid are asked to make a $100 * uition deposit within 30 days of their hancial aid notification. Extensions may Je requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applyng for financial aid are asked to make a 6100 * tuition deposit. Those students who ~ i s to h live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. *Nonrefundable after May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who ~ i s to h accelerate their educational proTarn may be granted admission to begin ill-time work toward a degree after :ompletion of their junior year or first ;emester of their senior year of high school. 4pplicants must complete the normal ~roceduresfor freshman applicants, ;ubmit two academic recommendations rom their high school faculty and arrange 1 personal interview with the Director of Jndergraduate Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are nterested in the possibility of enrolling at 4ugsburg under the auspices of the vlinnesota Post Secondary Enrollment lptions Act should contact the Admissions Iffice for specific information. I TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer from other accredited :alleges or universities. College credit is panted for liberal arts courses satisfacto- rily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer course work from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter credits, will be accepted toward the number of Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Acceptance of courses submitted for transfer is done by the Office of the Regstrar based upon the official student transcript(s).Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires approval of the department. Students transferring from the Minnesota State University and College System who have completed the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum, have earned the Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU and have a 2.5/4.0 cumulative GPA or higher will be given transfer status as outlined below. The following applies only to the MNSCU AA graduate: 1. Admission will be with junior standing. A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent courses (96 quarter credits or 64 semester credits from a community college) will be accepted once junior status is reached. No additional courses may be transferred from a community college. 19 - Admissions 2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except: The City Perspective Two courses in Christian Faith (any two areas) The language requirement as stated One course that meets the quantitative reasoning graduation skill requirement One graduation skill writing course in their major become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. 3. One interim course is required. Note: Courses with D grades will not be accepted as prerequisites or for application to majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite course work beyond the A.A. degree. Also, the Physician Assistant major requires a higher cumulative GPA than 2.5. Students are advised to consult major departmentsfor major requirements upon transfer. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of this catalog. W SPECIAL STUDENTS (SECOND DEGREE) Students who have completed a four year degree at an accredited college or university may complete a second degree at Augsburg College. Depending on the student's previous degree, completion of a second major (nondegree) may also be an option. Second degree requirements include: a minimum of eight course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any liberal arts requirements not covered by the previous degree. W FORMER STUDENTS Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended other institution(s) during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. W SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DEGREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Subsequently they may Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. (See International Programs on page 42.) International students should contact the Admissions Office for an International Student Application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be received two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for fall, Dec. 15 for spring. For more information, call (612) 330-1001 or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue II 1 >:.- ' I.. -1 1 .- II . '2 I . .- - - -- II 1 --- C --.I . . !, . .. ! I I I 1 1 I I 1 I , 1 I I ' 1 11 College Costs Tuition and Fees - 22 Room and Board -22 Special Fees - 22 Deposits and Payments - 23 Financial Policies Refunds - 24 Financial Aid How and When to Apply - 26 Kinds of Aid Merit Scholarships - 27 Gift Assistance - 28 Loan Assistance - 28 Student Employment - 29 Sponsored Scholarships - 30 A 11students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in gfts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations and endowment income. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ..................................... $ However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) ......................... $ 2,45( The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 1996-'97 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. 1 TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ................. $13,140 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September 1996. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course .................. 16 1,420 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. 536 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) ........................ $ 2,3W Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ........................ Flex 5 point plan .......................... Student Activity Fee ..................... $ 2,27t $ 2,071 $ 13( 1 OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NONREFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account Student Activity Fee (part-time students) ................................. $ 61 ACTC Bus (full-time students only)............................. $ 1t Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ...................... $ 2! Registration Change after first five days (cancel/add/change/grade option, or combination at one time) $ ! Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) ............... $ 53( Private Music Lessons, per , semester (14 lessons) $ 30' ... ...............,.............. .................. Financial Information 23 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ................. $ 55 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) ................ $ 110 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) ........... $213 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ......................... $ Vursing Comprehensive Exam ......... $ Locker Rental (commuters) ............... $ Student Parking Lot Permit - car .......................................... $ -motorcycle ............................. $ rranscript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) .............. $ Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs 20 16 30 90 45 2 (Scheduleon file in Registrar's Ofice) I BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to be $585 per {ear. B DEPOSITS inrollment Deposit (nonrefundable) ....................... is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall Semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. $ 100 Required of all new students after icceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is zredited to the student's account only when us/her enrollment is terminated. Any net :redit balance (after all charges and/or ines) will be refunded upon request of the itudent. For more information, contact the 4dmissions Office. -lousing Damage Deposit ............... $ 100 Required of all resident students at the ime of signing a contract, to reserve a lousing assignment. This deposit is setained against damages and/or fines and PAYMENTS Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a Statement of Estimated Charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan Upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month Payment Plan - Upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 adrninistrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installmentsbeginning July 15 and ending April 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. Financial Information A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan is wluch payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan including the National Defense and National Direct Student Loans and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. for tuition and/or room (except for the minimum deduction of $100 to cover administrative costs). Augsburg College Refund Policy: Applies to Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses in a term and are not receiving Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term. Refund Amount 100% Through the first five days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% From the sixth day through the tenth day of classes 80% From the 11th day through the 15th day of classes 70% From the 16th day through the 20th day of classes 60% From the 21st day through the 25th day of classes 50% From the 26th day of classes through the midpoint of the term. W REFUNDS Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a portion of their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid may be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College or drop course(s) and receive financial assistance. Students who wish to withdraw from Augsburg should complete the Leave of AbsencelWithdrawal from College form available in the Academic Advising Center or the Registrar's Office. It must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Regstrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted Refund Period Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to Augsburg students who withdraw from al: courses during their first term at Augsburg and receive Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan). Tuition, fees and room costs will be calculated based on the pro-rated portion of the term completed. The student may bc eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60 percent point in time of the term. The student account will be credited for that portion of tuition and room for which the Financial Information 25 student was not enrolled. This calculation will use federal govenunent guidelines. All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the brochure, Academic Progress Standards for Financial Aid. This brochure is available Augsburg College is required by federal from Student Financial Services and is regulations to complete two refund calcula- distributed to students on an annual basis. tions for students who have completed at Financing higher education could be the least one full term at Augsburg and receive most significant investment a person or Title IV funds. Refunds will be based on family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in the calculation which provides for the choosing a college, but also in the methods greatest refund of tuition, fees and room used to pay for it. Augsburg College, charges to the student's account and the through its Office of Student Financial greatest refund of financial aid dollars to Services, will help students and their the fund from which they were awarded. families protect access to a quality The refund calculations used are the Augsburg education in a time of increasing Augsburg College Refund Policy as stated financial challenge. above and the Federal Refund Policy as stipulated by federal guidelines stated Financial assistance awarded through below. Augsburg may be a combination of Federal Refund Policy: Applies to returning Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses for the current term and receive Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pel1 Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan). Refund Amount Refund Period 100% Through the first day of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% After the first day of classes through the 10 percent point in time of the term 50% After the 10 percent point in time through the 25 percent point in time of the term 25% After the 25 percent point in time through the 50 percent point in time of the term Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1995-'96 academic year, nearly eight out of 10 students at Augsburg received financial assistance. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid supplements student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of depen- - Financial Information dent family members, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. HOWTO APPLY The following are required to process your financial aid application: 1.Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular student or be a returning student in good academic standing with the College. 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)or the Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are available from the Student Financial Services Office at Augsburg College or from high school guidance counselors. Renewal FAFSAs will be mailed to those students who applied for assistance during the prior school year. Be sure to include the Augsburg College Code, 002334, on your application. Mail your application to the processing agency after Jan. 1. Applications must be mailed by April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application and submit it to Student Financial Services. 4. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a copy of their most recent federal income tax retum and W-2(s). Spouse's tax returns are also required if filing separately. 5. New transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended before financial aid will be offered. Forms are available from the Admissions or Student Financial Services offices. WHAT HAPPENS NEXT? Once all documents are received, we ,.nx,;n.., +Lo & n C , n A C , l -;A C,--l;ooG?.- +A determine financial aid eligibility for all available programs. A financial aid package will be sent to the student. This package includes: Letter detailing the financial aid award Information regarding financial aid programs and requirements for continued eligibility Subsidized/Unsubsidized Stafford loan application promissory note Students are encouraged to complete and retum one copy of their award letter to Student Financial Services. In addition, the student must complete and return the Stafford loan application promissory note to receive Stafford loan funds. Applications for the SELF loan and the Parent PLUS loan are sent upon request. KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It is worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students who meet their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and other sources. , > S,K .-- ; >LC'& , ,J. ,'. ,, - , ,- - ".< LL :\> ;' Merit Scholarships President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships, which assure g f t assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pel1 grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due Feb. 15. Details are available from the Admissions Office. Regents' Scholarships - The Regents' Scholarships are awarded to incoming fulltime freshmen of lugh academic achievement. Depending on high school class rank or college entrance test score, Augsburg will award scholarships of $1,500 to $5,000 each, renewable each year, regardless of financial need. No special application is required, but application for admission must be made by May 1. Regents' Transfer Scholarships Regents' Transfer Scholarships are awarded to all transfer students who are transferring from a two-year college with a minimum of 84 quarter credits (56 semester credits) and at least a 3.0 cumulative GPA. Depending on college GPA, Augsburg will award scholarships of $3,000 to $5,000 per year to full-time transfer students in the day schedule regardless of financial need. No special application is required, but application for admission must be made by May 1. Transfer Merit Scholarships Transfer Merit Scholarships up to $5,000 are available to full-time students in the - , FC: J -r-; - .3 ' , < . ' it.q5 - Financial Information -- day schedule who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following two years of full-time study at a community college or other approved two-year college. Students must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on a 4.0 scale and accumulated a minimum of 84 quarter credits in transfer. Scholarships are awarded without regard to need and will be renewed for a second year based on a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0. Special application is due May 1. Details are available from the Admissions Office. Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships These new scholarships are designated for transfer students from community colleges who are members of Phi Theta Kappa. To qualify for one of these $5,000 annual renewable awards, students must have completed at least 84 credits and have a minimum GPA of 3.3 during two years of full-time study. Award decisions are based on academic record, letters of recomrnendation, co-curricular activities and a personal statement. Application deadline is May 1. Performing Arts Scholarships - These recognize student excellence in music or theater. Students with talents in music (vocal or instrumental), acting, stage design or production are qualified for this $1,500 annual award. Selection is based on individual performance auditions, good academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with a co-curricular performance group. Application deadline is Feb. 15. Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and community. Examples of involvement of recent scholarship recipients included Amnesty International, Habitat for 27 - 28 Financial Information - Humanity, community service and church activities. Application deadline is March 15. Community and Public Service Scholarships - Recognize students of high academic ability for their demonstrated contribution to community or public service. Students eligible for this $2,000 annual, renewable scholarship are those who have actively participated in community or public service projects and are planning careers in this area of study. Application deadline is March 15. Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recogruze incoming freshman of high academic achievement with a demonstrated record of leadership within their congregations. Students eligible for the $1,500 annual renewable award are those who rank in the top 30 percent of their high school class and have the recommendation of their pastor. Application deadline is Feb. 15. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $500 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by Oct. 1. Gif? Assistance (Need Based) Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial eligibility. For 1995-'96, these ranged from $300 to $5,890. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, have exceptional financial need as defined by the program and be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College. Awards range up to $4,000 annually. Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pel1 grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant for 1995-'96 was $2,340. Application is made by filing the FAFSA. Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian Scholarships - Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and State Gdian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary. Contact the American Indian Support Program Office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the American Indian Support Office on campus or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan -A federally funded program administered through Augsburg College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you own onwr\lloA o t l o o c t h o l f t i m n C4mnlo Financial Information interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $15,000 ($30,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loans Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans which the federal government subsidizes by paying the interest while the student is in school and during the grace period. For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually on July 1,based on the 91-day Treasury Bill. The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized) Federal Nursing Student Loan -A federal program with provisions similar to the Federal Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institution. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) - SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness; juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $500. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students. Assignment is based on need and potential competence in 29 30 Financial Information - performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide part-time work opportunities. Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends of the College, offers more than 400 sponsored scholarships. All returning students are encouraged to apply for these funds by completing the Sponsored Scholarship Application. This form is available each February for the upcoming school year. Selection is based on academic achievement, financial need and selection criteria established by the donor. A list of scholarships follows. Note: For a complete description of Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of the Scholarship Catalog Supplement from the Office of Admissions. * Indicates endowed scholarships. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS ADC TelecommunicationsScholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship* Class of 1931 Scholarship* Dain Bosworth/IFG Foundation Scholarship Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* M. J. Estrem Scholarship* E.W. Hallet Scholarship W.R. Hotchkiss Foundation Scholarship Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship* Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship* Jostens Foundations Scholarships Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship Northern States Power Company Scholarship Norwest Foundation Scholarship Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarshipa Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship* Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship Casey A.T. O'Neil Foundation Scholarship Pentair Challenge Program Scholarship John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship* Rahr Foundation Scholarships Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship* UPS Foundation Scholarship Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial Scholar-L. -* Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* I SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS lohn Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship* Aid Association for Lutherans Alne-Swensen Scholarship* American Express Minnesota Foundation/ IDS Financial Service, Inc. C.A.L. and Esther Anderson Scholarship Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship* Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship* leroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship* Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship* Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* lulian P. Foss Scholarship* Kay Halverson Scholarship* Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship* King Harald Scholarship Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund* Hormel Foods Company Scholarship Hoversten Peace Scholarship* hternational Dairy Queen, Inc. Scholarship Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* I'orgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship* Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship* Mary E. Larsen International Studies Scholarship* Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship* Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity Scholarship McVay Foundation Scholarship* Financial Information 31 Minnesota Power Company Scholarship Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes) Monson Scholarship* Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship* Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship* Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship* Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation Scholarship ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial Scholarshp* John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Student Government Alumni Scholarship Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship* Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship* CBS Foundation Scholarship Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship First Bank System Foundation Scholarship General Mills Foundation Scholarship General Mills Southeast Asian Scholarship Grand Metropolitan American Indian Scholarship Grand Metropolitan Food Sector Foundation Scholarship* Hearst American Indian Scholarship* Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship* Kerridge/Mueller American Indian Scholarship Little Six, Inc. Scholarship* McKnight Foundation Scholarship Financial Information Medtronic Foundation Scholarship Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship* Prairie Island Indian Community Scholarship* Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota Community Scholarship* Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching Assistants scholarship James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th Anniversary Scholarship* UPS Foundation West Publishing Company Scholarship Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile Mission Scholarship* Women of the ELCA (Evangelical Lutheran Church in America) Native Women's Achievement Award PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Margaret E. Andrews Public Service Scholarship Fund Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund Person Public Service Scholarship Fund Adeline Marie (Rasmussen)Johnson Memorial Scholarship* Martin 0 . and Sylvia A. Sabo Scholarship for Leadership in Public and Community Service Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS Art Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* Queen Sonja Art Scholarship Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* David Gronner Memorial Scholarslup* Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship* Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard Scholarship James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship* Stan Person Memorial Scholarship* Biology Biology Scholarships Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* Business Administration1Accounting1 Economics Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial Scholarship* Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship Forss-Herr Scholarship* Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship* Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen Scholarship Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship* Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* Chemistry Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni Scholarship* Chemistry Department Scholarships Financial Information Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Chemistry Scholarship Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship* Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History Scholarship* Education Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship* Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* Marjorie and James R. Gronseth Jr. Memorial Music Scholarship* Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship* 0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship* Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music Scholarship* Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship* Arthur Carl Marnmen Music Scholarship* Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship* Music Education Scholarship Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship* Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship* St. John's Lutheran Church - John Norris Memorial Scholarship* Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship* Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship* Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* David Mathre Scholarship* Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial Scholarship* Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* English Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship* Anne Pederson English Scholarship* Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship* Foreign Language Emil M. Fossan Modem Language Scholarship* Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship* Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship* Health-Related Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota Scholarship Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship* Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship History Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship* John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship* Mathematics and Computer Science Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship Mathematics Scholarship Music 33 34 Financial Information - String Scholarships John and Vera Thut Scholarship* Tinseth Music Education Scholarship Nordic Area Studies Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship* Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship* Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey Scholarship* Physics Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* Alfred A. Iverson Scholarship NASA Space Grant Scholarship Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship* Political Science Myles Stenshoel Scholarship" Psychology Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship* Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship Religion and Christian Service Scholarships C.A.L. and Esther J.E. Anderson Scholarship* Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson Scholarship Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship* Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship* Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship* Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship* Arnold and Neda Hardel Memorial Scholarship* Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial Scholarship* Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship* Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship* Onesirnus Scholarship* Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship* Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial Scholarship' Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack Scholarship* Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Mission ary Scholarship Fund* Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship* Social Work Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship* Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* Bodo F. Suemnig Memorial Scholarship* Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship* Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama) Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/ Religion Scholarship* Campus Ministry - 36 Student Government - 36 Student Activities - 36 Social, Cultural, Recreational Fine Arts - 37 Athletics & Sports - 37 Intramurals - 37 Student Affairs - 38 Academic Enrichment - 38 Program for Students with Disabilities (CWS) - 38 I T I P ~ ~ ~ I P ~ ; CLi:c ~ . L Pro:]rClm - 12 - : ,I I:. - r -. : , - >,v:-81,; ! 8 I In . - I - I . I I 1 '' Colleae Policies - A3 Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records - 43 Family Educational Rights and Pr~vacyAct - 43 Discrimination Complainb - 44 E xperiences in the classroom are an impo&t part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gfts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The College Pastor and Campus Ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support or information. Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the Student Body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities and organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming Student Life efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities take place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalities in various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's Attic (the gameroom and student lounge) is a popular hangout located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess Tower. FINE ARTS Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting arts professionals. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division IU.Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball, tennis, track and field and golf. When Augsburg announced on Feb. 17, 1995 that it was adding women's ice hockey as a varsity sport, it became the first college or university in Minnesota to do so. The women's ice hockey program at Augsburg offers participants the same opportunities that the men's program receives. INTRAMURALS Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. SPORTS AND RECREATION At Augsburg, sports are for the average student as well as the intercollegiate athlete. The campus offers on a space available basis a double-rink ice arena, gymnasium, six tennis courts, a fitness center with workout machines and weight room, and an air supported dome over the athletic field for winter fitness use by walkers and runners. (See Fitness Center on Dage 41.) 37 38 Student Life - The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. GAGE FAMILY ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT CENTER The Gage Family Academic Enrichment Center, located in Rooms 17 and 18 of Foss Center is designed to offer students study skills assistance so that they may achieve academic success. The Center contains four offices: The Learning Skills Office, The Tutor Center, The Learning Laboratory, and The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). The Learning Center, located in Room 17, Foss Center, assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies and leafning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient study skills. The Karen M. Housh.Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies students of tutoring labs available, as well as supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the course. The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing and mathematics through the use of computer software. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (CLASS) The CLASS program serves over 150 students and is recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with diagnosed learning and physical disabilities. The CLASS program is a logica outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a high quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds experiences and preparation. Augsburg ha: a commitment to recruit, retain and graduate students with learning and physical disabilities who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning. The staff includes four licensed learning disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities specialist, and accommodation specialists, who supervise work-study students and coordinate accommodation services for students. One-on-one meetings between students and specialists are the centerpiece of the program model. Accommodations include individualized academic support, testing arrangements, tapec Student Life 39 :extbooks, peer tutors, securing notetakers, vccess to and training on computers, and ~daptivetechnology, such as a Braille ?rinter, dictation and voice recognition joftware, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and accessible dormitory rooms are available. ship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career counseling, employment, community and professional referrals, internships, student housing and crisis intervention. It advises and supports the Intertribal Student Union. The Groves Computer Lab is especially lesigned for students with disabilities and :ontains computers and adaptive equipment to assist them in their academic progress. Intertribal Student Union: lTSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors cultural events. During the 1980s Augsburg spent nearly one million dollars to make the :ampus accessible to persons with physical disabilities by constructing a skywaytunnel-elevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Augsburg has the oldest md most extensive learning disabilities program among the private colleges in Minnesota. For more information, please contact the CLASS office at 612-330-1053 to request 3 copy of the CLASS brochure and/or schedule an appointment with a specialist. I AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The American Indian Support Program, located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a multifaceted office established in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is a national model of success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian students in the state of h4innesota. Components of the program are: American lndian Support Services: Assistance in admissions procedures, financial aid procedures including BIA, Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholar- Minnesota lndian Teacher Training Partnership: MNITm is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public schools. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness for each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. American lndian Studies Minor: An academic component encompassing the range of American Indian contributions to North American culture. Courses offered include art, religion, history, literature, Ojibwe language and women's issues. For more information, contact Dr. Virginia Allery, 6121330-1385, or see course listings under Interdisciplinary Studies in the academic section of the catalog. Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000 books, a variety of journals and scholarly publications, research materials, American Indian magazines and newspapers and over 125 VHS videos are housed in the Sverdrup Library and at the American Indian Support Program Office. The library Student Life project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States. ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The Asian American Support Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian American students and to enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where Asian American students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life. The Program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and course work selection, career development, academic and non-academic difficulties, and employment and placement referrals. The Asian American Association is affiliated with the Support Program. The Association carries out various activities during the academic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian American and other students at Augsburg. AFRIKANA SUPPORT PROGRAM The Afrikana Support Program is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to promote cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. It sponsors events and activities, such as celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana History Month, the Each One Reach One mentoring program and Augsburg Black Alumni Council gatherings. The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) provides support to students, including a schedule of social and cultural activities. The headquarters is in the Afrikana Support Program Office, as is the PanAfrikan Center. HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT PROGRAM The Hispanic/Latino Support Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling and advocacy. Students find assistance in: admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment and placement referrals. The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, cultural events, and other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic/Latino students and provides awareness of the unique aspects of the Hispanic culture. The Career Services Department is committed to assisting all students with their career planning. This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services offers students the opportunity to actively participate in career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews. Services are available to all students, but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend one of three annual job fairs with recruiters representing business, education or nonprofit and government sectors. There Student Life is also an annual graduate and professional school fair for seniors to explore educational options after graduation. W CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Counseling Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, selfimage, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Counseling is an educational process in which students learn to think objectively about themselves and learn methods of understanding themselves and others. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Health Promotion Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group workshops to accommodate the needs of all students. Topics include varied health issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight management, stress reduction, alcohol and other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students interested in health issues can combine learning and practice through involvement with Health Promotion services. Academic and practicum opportunities are also available to students from a variety of academic disciplines. W HEALTH SERVICE Riverside University Family Practice Clinic serves as the Augsburg College Health Service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located five blocks from campus at 2615 Franklin Avenue South. Many services are available for all Augsburg students. Please refer to the Student Guide handbook for details. Students must check family health insurance coverage to determine if they are included. If not, contact the Health Service Coordinator for information regarding student health insurance and other services available through RUFPC. W FITNESS CENTER Located on the lower level of Melby Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993 and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair steppers, a treadmill and other aerobic workout machines. It includes a weight room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students and faculty may use the Center. 41 42 Student Life - The International Student Services Office in the Admissions House focuses on the needs of international students. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. International Students - International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financial matters, practical matters and personal concerns. New international students participate in an orientation program before the beginning of the term which provides practical information on housing, banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. (Also see English as a Second Language on page 73.) Augsburg Community - Study abroad Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residence experience during the college years. Research indicates that students who live on campus wiU be more likely to complete their college degree successfully. Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic residence program which fosters the development of community, and supports and enhances the academic experience. Live-in staff assist students by providing social and educational programming, facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting in emergencies. Each complex contains 24-hour study rooms, computer services, laundry and vending services and access to security staff. Augsburg expects all freshmen and sophomores, not living at home, to live in college-operated housing. Housing for married students and students with families is available. Students rent a room at the beginning of the Fall Term for the entire academic school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upper-class students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign room and board contracts. works to utilize the cross-cultural perspectives of its international students and students with experience overseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the CrossFreshmen and transfer students are Cultural Club, forums on world issues urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and in order to secure housing. Students who seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. communication for faculty and staff. (Also see Study Opportunities Abroad on page 53 and Student Teaching Abroad on page 56.) All students living on campus must pay a $100 deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the student's account when he or she moves out. The College houses approximately 700 students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses and townhouses. A Student Life 43 wide variety of options are available, including single rooms. Urness Tower -All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk and chair. Linens are not provided. Mortensen Tower - This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 one-bedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. Anderson Hall -Opened in fall 1993, this is the newest residence hall. It contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses and townhouses. This residence houses 192 men and women. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers and desks. It is equipped with telephones, cable TV and computer hook-ups. Special Interest Housing - Students may submit proposals in the spring for a program which allows them to live as a group with a special educational contract. Examples of programs include Campus Ministry, healthy living options and international floors. W FOOD SERVICE The Commons - Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College A . - A ---- 1- --A XK-.-L--C ------ TL- portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's - Located on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features gnll items, pizza, soups, sandwiches and salads, desserts and beverages. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. W STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS The College has adopted a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The College operates in compliance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office. W FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's policy is published in this catalog on page 75 and in the Student Guide distributed 44 Student Life - Augsburg College understands that no information other than "Directory Information" can be released without the written permission of the student. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written permission is given by the student to release non-"Directory Information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of recommendation. Complete information about Augsburg's procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the Office of the Registrar. DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievances: Affirmative Action Coordinator (for matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin) - Contact the Office of Finance and Management, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall (612/330-1026). 504 Coordinator (for matters based on physical or mental handicap) - Contact Vern M. Bloom, Assistant Professor of Social Work, Memorial Hall 332 (612/3301133). Title IX Coordinator (for matters based on sex or marital status) - Contact William R. Rosser, Vice President for Student Affairs, First Floor, Memorial Hall (612/330-1160). Employment - Contact Director of Personnel, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall (612/330-1058). AU correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Student Guide. Copies are available from the Human Resources Office. A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human persons intellectually, spiritually and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as as the in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the genera' education introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer opportunities to develop skills in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over 50 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg education strives to educate students in a real world for the real world. W DECREES OFFERED Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership and the Master of Social Work graduate degrees. W ACADEMIC CALENDAR Augsburg follows the 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring Semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time students nor- mally take four course credits each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three course credits can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration on page 59 . and Calendars on pages 4 and 5.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs, pages 57 and 58). W FACULTY The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional and a variety of research .."L:..:L:- I...L --.,& .I .."L:..:G-- .- -..---d Academic Information ing their teaching. They are actively The Audio-Visual Center houses a large involved in an exciting faculty development collection of sound recordings, video tapes program which introduces them to current and films, and supplies media equipment thought in many fields but especially in free of charge for instructional use. Audio teaching techniques and theories. and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. The Augsburg's size and small classes Center supplies television sets, VCRs, encourage its tradition of close involvement video cameras, video editing, tape recordbetween professors and students. Faculty ers, microphones, slide, overhead, filmact as academic advisers and participate strip, opaque and movie projectors as well regularly in campus activities. Every as screens and carts. Film bibliographies freshman is assigned a First Year Experiand advice on materials selection are ence (FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a available. Facilities for classes in broadcastmajor adviser. In this close interaction, ing are located in the Center. faculty act as both mentors and models for students. The Library and Information Technology Center is scheduled to open during the 1997-98 academic year. The new four-level, LIBRARY A N D AUDIO-VISUAL 77,000-square foot facility will house all SERVICES library functions and bring together the A relaxed atmosphere, a carefully other computer departments of the college. selected collection of both print and nonIn addition, the Center will include an Art print resources, a helpful staff and friendly Gallery, the Special Collections and student library assistants are the strengths Archives, a Curriculum Library and of the Augsburg Library. The main library Instructional Technology Lab, library houses over 175,000 books, journals, records instruction classroom, and facilities for and microforms. Music, chemistry and art media viewing and listening. A bridge will history slide libraries are located within link the new building to the current library departmental areas. which will be renovated to house addiA service-oriented staff provides tional computer labs and multi-media students with assistance to meet diverse classrooms, as well as a lounge and information needs including instruction in vending area. the use of the library, reference service and guidance in pursuing research. Students COMPUTER RESOURCES have access to a wide variety of local, Augsburg College has built a reputation regional, national and international as a leader in its commitment to provide databases. Arrangements are made for students with the best access to information access by students with physical limitations technology and training. In Newsweek and special needs. magazine's Cyberscope section on Aug. 1, Students have access via a computerized 1994, Augsburg was cited as one of two online catalog and daily courier service to first-rate sources for information about the all the library holdings of the seven private Internet. liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities. Students have access to over 125 onElectronic access to the world of scholarship campus computer systems, including 50 is available through the Internet. 47 - Academic Information personal computers in a main computer center, 30 personal computers in the residence halls (available 24 hours a day), plus another 25 computers located in the general department offices and the Sverdrup Library. FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM WE) The FYE program assists students in their first Augsburg registration, provides orientation events before classes begin, and also includes a seminar series. A campus-wide computer network offers a full range of network services. Augsburg College, a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet since 1990, is connected to hundreds of universities in the U.S. and around the world. Internet access and a renewed focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students - an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, the FYE seminar is centered on a series of themes. These themes are reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the program. (Also see page 136.) The construction of the new Library/ Information Technology Center will enhance further the College's computer resources for students. Augsburg maintains its own Gopher and World Wide Web site. The Web address is: http: / /www.augsburg.edu (Also see Honors Computing and Communication Labs under Honors Program on page 52.) ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER The Academic Advising Center advises all incoming students with undeclared majors, provides information on matters of general education, administers and tracks all entry level skills assessments, interprets catalog and graduation skills requirements, and advises students who have been placed on academic probation and reentering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The Center also coordinates summer advising for the orientation program and provides in-service training and development for faculty advisers. DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS The College curriculum is offered by 23 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Douglas Green (Chair). Art, English, Modem Languages, Philose phy, Religion, Speech, Communication, Theatre Arts, College Librarians. Natural Science and Mathematics Larry Ragland (Chair). Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Computer Science, Physics. Social and Behavioral Sciences Garry Hesser (Chair). Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History, Management Information Systems (MIS), Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. Professional Studies - Vicki Olson (Chair). Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work. Academic Information MAJORSAND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a student-designed major. Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Business Adrninistration/Finance Business Administration/Intemational Business Business Administration/Management Business Administration/Marketing Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication General Communication Studies Mass Communications Organizational Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) Computational Economics East Asian Studies' Economics Applied Economics Economics Education Education Studies (non-licensure) Elementary Education Studies (non-licensure) Kindergarten-Elementary(licensure) Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering English Health Education History International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Applied Mathematics Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages1 French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Nursing (B.S. - Weekend College only) Philosophy Physical Education Physician Assistant Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Youth and Family Ministry Russian, Central and East European Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary - 49 - Academic Information Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Stud10 Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies Economics English Health Education History International Business International Relations Linguistics Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Social Welfare Sociology Russian, Central and East European Area Studies' Special Education Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. I CooperativeProgram of the Associated C o k p 4 the Twin Cities and agreements with the Unmersity Minmwiz lf is possible for students to take bqimfing! infemd&/admnced courses not available at amsortium 00lLzp in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, lapme, Russimr,and ofher infrequently taught Ianpges. Students register directly with the ACTC office. ZDunldegree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington U n i m d y School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Midigan Technological University. OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades59) Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Ark, and in the special areas of Art 6-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music 6-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Health (K-12) and Physical Education (K-12). (See Education Department on pages 117-126.) Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisersboth in the Education Department and the area of Iheb academic major(s). Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law. medicine. dentistrv. ministrv. Academic Information science, pharmacy or engineer- -etr- ng can profit from a liberal arts education t Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for dmission to graduate schools or xminaries e reviewed and the course of study at Lu&Sburg planned accordingly. A faculty dviser is available in each field to assist tudents in their planning. Studentswho vant to plan a pre-professionalprogram hould contact the Assistant to the Dean for Lcademic Advising early in their freshman .earto arrange for help from the approprite faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry -These courses are mommended to fulfill the minimum q u k m e n t s of the School of Den* at he University of Minnesota: ENG, two auses;BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 15,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; 5Y 105. Requirements at other universities "a7 varyPre-Engineering -See Engineering legree and major requirements on pages 2i-128. Pre-Law - Students considering a a -in law should examine the handbook tublished by the Association of American a w Schools. Students may wish to take aw-related courses to help determine their &rest in law. Pre-law students should najor in a discipline of their own chousjng md will satisfy most law school entrance quimments with a record of solid achieve llent coupled with an acceptable LSAT score. Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools m e encouraging a liberal arts education to y for study in medicine. While a mjor in chemistry and biology is not q u i d to apply to medical schools, many t d e n t s with an interest in the sciences b o w to major in these fields. Course work L . 3 . , 3 . 1 --1 1 - includes: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106); CHM 351,352; BIO 113,114; MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Because admissions requirements can vary between medical colleges (e.g. some require a course in Biochemistry or in Vertebrate Anatomy), students should consult with a prehealth sciences adviser in the Biology or Chemistry departments. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical Therapy -Course work in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Biology Department. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; ECO 112 or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philose phy, English, psychology, sociology or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 145,146; public speaking,one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, loti), 351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121, 122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or U ~ w Division r modern lanrmaees: and 51 52 Academic Information - anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the curriculum requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. HONORS PROGRAM The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior year. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript and which provides an advantage for both employment and graduate school application. The Honors Program at Augsburg was awarded a National Science Foundation Grant, for the years 1995-1997, to establish two Honors Computing and Communications Labs, one in Foss 20 and the other in Library 20, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the program as freshmen are required to take an Honors version of CSC 160, Introduction to Computer Science and Communications, which establishes crisp computing and communications skills at the outset of their collegiate careers. Other courses in the program make use of these computing skills in lab-oriented sequence exploring literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy and social and natural science. During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion), one each semester and participate in a six-week Monday Forum program each term. Seniors take a Senior Seminar during Interim, which satisfies a Perspective requirement, and are obliged to complete an approved Honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal which publishes outstanding student papers. Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan Griffin, Associate Director of the Honors Program, 330-1045, or Dr. Lany Crockett, Director of the Honors Program, 330-1060. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to over 1,300,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated ralendars The Tntenm term mav alsn he - Academic Information taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA programs on page 55.) Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two and three year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar. Army ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar. Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as nondegree credits. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of The Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures, and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. Students receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their course work and personal lives. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an 53 54 Academic Information - some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. The deadline for application is Dec. 15 for off-campus study the following year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. The Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, Namibia and Norway. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars -in Mexico to Central America, and in Namibia to South Africa. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on-campus plus airfare. Moss, offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Students are taught in English. Coursg offered may meet perspectives for g d education requirements, or count as electives in Communication and Nordic Area Studies. Students live with host families on the island of Jeley or in studen housing- To be discontinued Fall 1997. Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives - Fall This program explores the experience oi women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. The program offers credit in Religion, Political Sence and Spanish. Application deadline: April 1. Sustainable Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, N i i gua) - Fall This program introduces students to tht key issues facing the Central Amerians- Fc two decades the people of Central Amaim have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civilwar on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala,El Salvador, and Nicaragua Course credit may be earned in Spanish, Religion,Sociology, and Economics. Application deadline: April 1. Southern Africa Societies in Transition - Fall Augsburg College/Ostfold, Norway Semester or Academic Year Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa Namibia is a nation that has recently gainw Academic Information dependence and is making a transition mncolonialism to independence. Students dl explore the complex political, social and amomic dynamics of building a new ation.Credit may be earned in History, bliiical Science and Religion. Internships re available with development agencies~pplicationdeadline: April 1. iender and the Environment: Latin -can Perspectives (Mexico) -Spring This program introduces students to the m%-econornicand political issues of the *with a focus on the impact of nvironmental policies on the lives of romen and men from varying economic lasses and ethnic groups in Mexico and h k d America. Students examine this omplex web of issues and how the people &Mexicoare responding to the pressures nfamily, society, and the natural environoentCentral to this program is a service mning course, in which students gain landson experience in community service ndsocialjustice organizationsby conduct~g participatory research or serving as an Riemalongside people working on gender ndlor environmental issues. Course credit may be earned in Spanish, Sociology, kligion,and Interdisciplinary Studieselication deadline: Oct. 15. Women and Development: A Southern Lfrica Perspective - Spring This intensive study and travel program i designed to introduce participanb to the e n i d issues facing Southern A£rica, with mphasis on the experience of women The ~ogram introduces students to the skuggle If women in Southern Africa, to the history &theirrole in society, and to the situation bat exisis for women in Africa. Students may earn credit in Political Science, Religion nd Sociology. Internships are available with agencies providing special services to women Application deadline: Od. 15. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Colombia. All programs emphasize the impact of the social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies, and for non-international programs, see MetrwUrban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Noway - Fall This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture and language, and the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in other countries including - the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15. Community Internships in Latin America: Colombia - Fall or Spring This interdisciplinaryprogram enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and inaeasing language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community 55 5 Academic Information agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadlines: Nov. 1for Spring Term and March 15 for Fall Term. Culture and Society in Latin America: Colombia or Ecuador - Spring This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: Nov. 1. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University or the University of Minnesota, Morris. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. Interim Abroad Each January, 25 to 30 courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall Terms for the following January. Application deadline: Oct. 25. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS One advantage of Augsburg's metro location is its highly successful Experiential Education programs which link the College's academic program to Twin Cities employers and organizations. The result is a resume that is more attractive to potential employers after graduation. Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community ServiceLearning, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal arts education by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related t i a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizations and the academic program in ways that enrich and expand a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curridum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiences in small and mid-size companies, large corporations, nonprofit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A - Academic Information 57 2arning agreement plan, negotiated with a aculty supervisor and work supervisor, d i n i n g the internship objectives, stratejes and evaluation methods is required. in academic internship is approved, upervised and evaluated by a faculty nember in the department in which the tudent wishes to earn the Internship credit. Jpper Division Internships are numbered *99and Lower Division Internships are lumbered 199 (see pages 78-79.) Internships are available in all majors nd can be taken during a semester (or Yeekend College trimester), Interim or ummer session. For extension of an nternship beyond one term see Evaluation tnd Grading on page 69. A maximum of four courses of Internhip may count toward the total courses equired for the degree. Iooperative Education Cooperative Education is a college ,upported and monitored, paid, workearning experience that is closely related to I student's major or career objective. The ;oal is to combine theory with practice in vork or service-based settings. Students also earn money to help defray rducational costs while gaining important )n-the-jobexperience. Job placements ypically are part-time during the academic rear and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs Ire flexible and can begin and end anytime. zo-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but I non-credit Cooperative Education ranscript entry is available during the lcademic terms the student is employed. b o p Ed students are encouraged to :omplete at least one Internship for credit in :onjunction with their Cooperative Educaion participation. Ceop Ed is avadable to Yugsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram combines response to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understanding of issues, reflection and educational growth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in whch they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct service-learning activities and seminars or class discussions. Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building housing for low-income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student@)and the community. Service-Leaming includes course-embedded community service, tutoring, internships, cooperative education and a wide range of volunteer options. The Service-LearningProgram works with community organizations and organizes specific projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and Campus Ministry. WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major or pursue a personal interest or skill. Academic Information Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Accounting, Business Administration (specializationsin finance, internationalbusiness, management and marketing), Communication (concentrations in general communication, organizational communication and mass communication), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion, Social Work and Studio Art. W GRADUATE PROGRAMS Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work. Catalogs for each degree program should be consulted for complete information. Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are three trimester terms from early September through June of the academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to organizational leaders. A~~v~hi~ro's nrnoram r ~ r n c m i 7 ~that s today's leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide them with a more comprehensiveunderstanding of their world. The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offers two concentrations: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentrationhas been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. OTHER PROGRAMS Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985with endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. uty involvement, increased awareness ~f the importance of Canadian/U.S. relaions, and provision of opportunities to earn directly from Canadians through visits md exchanges. For more information :ontact Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian ?rogram Coordinator. Elderhostel and College of the Third Age Augsburg College has a commitment to ifelong learning and is host to both Elderhostel and College of the Third Age xograms. For more information, contact the Academic Dean's office. Academic Information only in alternate years, students should also consult with departmental advisers when planning their academic program. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science Hall 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230 I REGISTRATION Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place A student must be registered for a :ourse to receive credit for it. Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Place Full-time students normally register for four course credits per semester and one :ourse during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course :redits, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee Dn Student Standing for permission. Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Although a student may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are harged for cancelling or adding courses or hanging grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following academic year. As some courses are offered Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. AU currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the Spring Term and during the spring for the Fall Term. Class Confirmation (payment of fees) AU students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment arrangements prior to the start of classes. Students who do not confirm their registration before the first day of classes (unless special arrangements have been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confirm during the first five days, but special late fees are assessed and added to their account. 59 Academic Information Withdrawal from College Former Students Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this may result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be completed in the Office of the Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form may be obtained in the Academic Advising Center or in the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree after being away fror the college for at least one calendar year, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point o readmission. Students must meet all of the requirements in effect under the catalog they choose. Choosing to complete under the current catalog will require reevaluation of prior course work, including transfer credit, to determine applicability t current academic requirements. Leave of Absence The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests wit the student. Academic Advisers, Academil Advising Center, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form must be picked up in the Academic Advising Center or the Office of the Registrar. It must be signed by Advising Center staff or authorized representative. The completed form must be submitt ~ to d the Office of the Registrar. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated Leave of Absence form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period or an application for readmission will be required. A student on leave of absence is responsible for keeping the Office of the Registrar informed of his or her mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by the returning student. A leave of absence does not defer payment of GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Offic about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. See page 20: Admissions - Special Students (Second Degree). Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of their last academic year to confirm remain ing graduation requirements. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Offic All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Academic Information This quick reference checklist is an bbreviated version of the General Educaon Curriculum requirements for graduaon. As a summary, it is not comprehenive and cannot substitute fully for the ~mpletedegree requirements which begin n page 60. Students are advised to read erefully the full graduation requirements nd to consult frequently with their dvisers to ensure that all requirements are let for graduation. All new freshmen and all freshman nd sophomore transfer students must omplete the following requirements ,rior to graduation (transfer credit may pply to these requirements): 1 Complete the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. (Sophomore transfer students are exempt.) 1 Satisfy entry level skill requirements in Mathematics Writing Critical Thinking I Demonstrate proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports. 1 Achieve a Math Placement Group score of 111. 1 Complete 33 course credits. Of these: 11must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above) Two must be Interim courses No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Accounting (B.A. ) ..............14 Music Education (B.M.) ........ .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . 19.5 Social Work (B.S.) .............. .15 Other maximums are described on page 55. O Completion of a major. 17 Maintain minimum grade point average. U Complete courses that fulfill the following Perspective Requirements: Three Christian Faith perspectives One City perspective Two Western Heritage perspectives from different departments One Human Identity perspective One Aesthetic perspective Two Social World perspectives, from different departments One Intercultural perspective Two Language perspectives, in other than your native language Two Natural World perspectives, from different departments unless a year-long sequence is taken C1 Complete courses that fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) Two courses in writing (one within the major) One course in critical thinking One course in speaking One course in quantitative reasoning Two lifetime sports 61 62 Academic Information - All transfer students (entering with 14 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): n Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing. Demonstrate proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports. U Achieve a Math Placement Group score of m. Complete 33 course credits. Of these: 11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above) Two must be Interim courses (The number of interim courses required may be adjusted for transfer students - consult your evaluation of transfer credit) No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Accounting (B.A. ) ............. .14 Music Education (B.M) ......... . 1 7 Music Performance (B.M.) ...... .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . 19.5 Social Work (B.S.) .............. .15 Other maximums are described on page 63. O Completion of a major. Maintain minimum grade point average. Ei Complete courses that fulfill the following Perspective Requirements: Two Christian Faith perspectives (One Christian Faith perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) One City perspective One Western Heritage perspective One Human Identity perspective One Aesthetic perspective One Social World perspective One Intercultural perspective Two Language perspectives, in other than your native language One Natural World perspective fl Complete courses that fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) One course with a writing component within the major One course with a critical thinking component One course in speaking One course in quantitative reasoning Academic Information :ontinuedfrom page 60 Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). Degree requirements include completion of a minim- number of credits, a major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a minimum GPA, residence, and general education courses. Requirements For Undergraduate Graduation: 1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance (B.M.) - 20; M9ic Therapy (B.S.) - 17; Physician Assistant (B.A.) - 19.5; and Social Work (B.S.) - 15. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 33 total course credits required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/N grading is pennit- ted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still be counted for meeting perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically over all courses which apply toward a major or special program. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses which are required to be taken in residence within the major. Consult the catalog description of the major or the chairperson of the department. 63 - Academic Information SKILLS COMPONENT Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Writing Mathematics Critical thinking Placement in writing courses, math courses and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments (see page 71.) Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore Transfer Students having fewer than 14 courses: Take entry level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing before ENG 111 Effective Writing. Freshmen should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their sophomore year. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Freshman and Sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Advanced Transfer Students Transfer students who enter with 14 credits or more are exempt from critical thinking assessments. Those who have not passed the equivalent of ENG 111 Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course. Advanced transfer students are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only the writing component course within the majc is required. Math Requirement In order to graduate, students must tal the Math Placement exam and achieve a score placing them in Group III(college algebra skills). Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course will have their placement level determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult the Mathematics Department. Math placemen is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer Credit form for students who have transfe courses in college-level math. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group determined. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students needing to advance their Math Placement Group maj take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Academic Advising Center. Academic Information Please note that all students must attain ~tleast Math Placement Group 111. In tddition, many courses have Math Placenent Group requirements. In particular, dIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY -03; all MAT courses; and all courses with t Graduation Skill Component in Quantitaive Reasoning have at least Math Placenent Group III as,a prerequisite. In tddition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics :ourses have at least Math Placement ;roup I1 as a prerequisite. Students should ,efer to the course descriptions to check the dath Placement Group prerequisites for :ourses that they are interested in taking. Lraduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancenent of certain skills during the years in :ollege. Slulls related to writing, critical hinking, speaking and quantitative ,easoning are deliberate components of :ertain courses. Completion of the requisite :ourses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P s required for graduation. Students are 'equired to have two courses with writing :omponents (at least one within the major) md one course each with critical thinking, ;peakingand quantitative reasoning :omponents. These courses can simultaleously satisfy skill requirements and paduation requirements for the major or ;enera1 education perspectives. All Writing Graduation Skill courses lave the prerequisite of ENG 111, all bantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill :ourses have the prerequisite of Math racement Group In, and all Critical b & i n g Graduation Skill courses have the >rerequisiteof passing the Entry Level Zritical Thinking Assessment. Lifetime Sports Two different lifetime sports are required. Students in the Day program who are not Health and Physical Education majors or in intercollegiate athletics may test out of one lifetime sport. Weekend College students may test out of two lifetime sports. Lifetime Sports are nocredit courses, are not counted as meeting Interim course requirements and are not included in the 33 course requirement. LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human being. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. 2. No single course can fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Charac- 65 66 Academic Information - ter and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." Up to two courses in a year-long sequence of approved natural science courses may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." Up to two courses of the same modem language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." RATIONALE FOR PERSPECTIVES Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To nurture future leaders of service in the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum. The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum which is divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciplin- ary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the Lutheran Church, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program. The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life - of what it is to be human -form thc core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on sipficant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to Academic Information focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric. We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to focus on aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamental insights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. Tlus has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, mathematics and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban set tin^. THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theologcal concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3) Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology and area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this Perspective except for the following: Transfer students entering with 14-23 course credits will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, govemmen- 67 - Academic Information tal and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by GST 209 seminar related to the perspective. The City (C) One course credit or experience is required to meet h s Perspective. Perspective: Western Heritage This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2) Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Perspective: Human Identity This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences and behaviors. Human ldentity (HI) One course credit is required to meet Perspective: Aesthetics Aesthetic creations convey fundaments insights and values, express beauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. Aesthetics (A) One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine and critique social, economic or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. Social World (SW 1 and 2) One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Perspective: intercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry Academic Information 69 md read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, students are required to have jemonstrated proficiency in a modem ianguage or American Sign Language for nearing students. The modem language requirement will 3e determined by assessing previous 2xperience and subsequent placement. Intercultural Awareness (IA 1) The study of a specific, non-Westem :ulture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective. (IA 2 and 3) Study of a modem language other than khe native tongue. Up to two course credits ~f a beginning language or one at your placement level is required. Students with previous language study should contact an ldrnissions counselor or the Registrar's 3ffice for placement information. Students whose native language is not Enghh should :ontact the Academic Advising Center. Modem Language Course Placement Experience or Requirement ,-. Lollegelevel -none :0-2 semesters in High School) 111,112 Zollege level - 111 :3-4 semesters in High School) 112 Zollege level - 112 :4-6 semesters in High School) 211 Zollege level - 211 :7 semesters in High School) 212 Zollege level - 212 :8 or more semesters in High School) No course required Students who are required to complete two semesters of modem language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. Natural World (NW 1 and 2) Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective unless an approved one-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet h s Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. EXPLANATION OF GRADES Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. PassINo Credit Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned: 2 Academic Information In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. 1.0 Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". 0.5 0.0 P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, page 63. Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (i.e., Lifetime Sports are graded only P/N). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. All changes in grading option that are made after initial registration require the signature of an adviser or the instructor. Numeric Grades Numeric grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor oj the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work with comments from the instructor; and must file the form with the Office of the Registrar. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. Academic Information A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be re2eated for credit. Courses in which higher yades have been earned may not be aepeated for credit and a grade, but may be iudited. All courses taken and grades 2arned each term remain on the academic .ecord. O n y the credits and grades earned he second time, for legitimately repeated :ourses, are counted toward graduation md in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it s dropped after the deadline for dropping :lasses without a notation on the record. Iuditing Courses Students who wish to take courses ~ i t h o ucredit t or grade may do so by .egistering for Audit (V). Full-time itudents may audit a course without :barge. The charge for part-time students is isted under College Costs in the Financing four Education section on page 22. The jignature of the instructor is required to .egister an audit. Students who audit a :ourse should confer with the instructor vithin two weeks of the beginning of the , e m to determine expectations, attendance md any other requirements. If expectations lave been met, the course will be listed on he transcript as having been audited. If :xpectations have not been met, the :ourse will be listed with a grade of W Withdrawn). kade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is )ased on final grades for all work at lugsburg. It does not include credit and ~ a d points e for work transferred from )her colleges. Courses taken on the P/N ;rading option are recorded, but not :omputed in the GPA. The formula for :om~utinethe GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of courses taken.* *Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. Sophomores - Seven courses completed. Juniors - 16 courses completed. Seniors - 24 courses completed. International Baccalaureate Program (IB) Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to course work in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and 2) it can be objectively demon- 71 72 Academic Information - strated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recogrution. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) - Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4 and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) - This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar and the Academic Advising Center. Departmental Comprehensive Exams - These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/ no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam of one-half of tuition for a full course credit. The Portfolio Assessment Program This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty team is composed of two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment should consult the Office of the Registrar. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses/credits of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process no be used when four or fewer courses remair for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester Academic Information credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Credit is available on a pass/no credit basis only. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of course credits applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, Upper Division requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recogruzes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams and credit granted through portfolio assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language or who are citizens of another c o w must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Develoumental writ in^. or ENG 111 Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. All students whose native language is not English must stay enrolled in ENG 217/218 until such time that they pass ESL placement test at 80 percent or higher. The ESL course can only be counted twice in the total number of courses required for graduation. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation. 1 ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION AND DISMISSAL The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore -A student who has taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior- A student who has taken fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior - A student who has taken 24 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 9 n -- L:-L-- 73 2 Academic Information It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Courses taken outside of a program's calendar (i.e., crossover courses taken in a Weekend College trimester term by a day program student or in a semester term by a Weekend program student) are not calculated when determining the Dean's List. If permission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the Dean's List Qualification for Commencement Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the month of May. Undergraduate students who will not have met degree requirement$ by the end of the Spring Term may quahfy to participate in commencement if: 1) no more than 3 course credits/requirements will remain in their program at the end of the Spring Term, and 2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the Summer or Fall Terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for graduation who will complete Summer or Fall Terms will be noted as such in the commencement program. Academic lnformation Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Adrninistration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. I FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM This program applies to students who enter the Day School schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate in four years - if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and follow advising guidelines - or they will receive the remaining required courses free of additional tuition. A few professional majors are excluded from this program. Students must complete a formal advising agreement with the College by the end of their sophomore year (16 course credits are completed) in order to qualify. Contact the Academic Advising Center for details. FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (FERPA) provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to gyve notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to Inspect and Review Education Records - You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Right to Request Amendment of Education Records - You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record whch you believe to be inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. Tlus includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to Give Permission for Disclosure of Personally Identifiable lnformation You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. Right to withhold Disclosure of "Directory Information" -FERPA uses the term "Directory Information" to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the "Directory Information" listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold "Directory Information." Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release "Directory Information," any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. 75 2 Academic Information "Directory Information" includes the following: The student's name; The student's address; The student's telephone number; The student's date and place of birth; The student's major field of study; The student's participation in officially recognized activities and sports; The student's degrees and awards received; The weight and height of members of athletic teams; The student's dates of attendance; The most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student; and The student's photograph Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. Forms for withholding disclosure of "Directory Information" are available from the Registrar's Office. If the completed form is not received by the Registrar prior to Sept. 15, it will be assumed that all "Directory Information" may be disclosed for the remainder of the current academic year. A new form for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year. Right to Complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, Department of Education, 600 Independence Ave. S.W., Washington, D.C. 20202, concerning Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA. Right to Obtain Policy: -You have the right to obtain a copy of the written Augsburg policy regarding FERPA. A copy may be obtained in person from the Registrar's Office. A \ s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered alternate years, it is important that the student review with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work programs are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter course credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval by the professor teaching the course. Every department offers opportunities Departments and Programs 79 course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional statements and that will be found in the departmental course listing. INTERNSHIPS Registration for Internships consists of the following steps: 1. Obtain the Internship Registration Permission Form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and director of Internships and Cooperative Education. 199 399 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internshp and Cooperative Education Office, with copies made for the faculty, supervisor and student. lnternship A work or service-based learning experience at the sophomore level in whch a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/ registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. lnternship A work or service-based learning experience at the junior-senior level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the b e p n i n g of the term/ registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES 299 Directed Study An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the direction of an Instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores and juniors. Approval must be secured from the instructor and the department chairperson in writing before the term in which the study is undertaken. 499 Independent StudyIResearch An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured from the instructor and the department 8o - ACCOUNTING See listing under Business Administration and Management Information Systems. AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. & t is important as a field of study for our time. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a sipficant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Art Faculty Kristin Anderson (Chair), Norman Holen, Philip Thompson Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two-dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I Art or ART 225 Communication Design I or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey And two additional art history courses Senior studio majors must participate in at least one exhibit during their final year. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher Licensure requirements. Art History Major Eight art history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art Two studio courses: ART 102 Design or ART 107Drawing ART 118 Painting I or ART 221 Sculpture Honors Majors GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall, portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or research (art history majors) reflecting high quality work, and special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Department Chair before the last tern of the senior year. Studio Art Minor Five courses including ART 240, ART 107 and three additional studio courses. Art History Minor Five art history courses including ART 240. Certificate in Art Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. I STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. 9RT 102 Design A study of design as the unify~ngfoundation for the visual arts. Two- and three-dimensionalprojects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. 9RT 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork. 81 - ** Art STUDIO ART ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. ART 106 Calligraphy I Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $200-225. ART 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. ART 223 ART 224 Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimentalmedia and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored. Publication Design An introduction to basic publication formats and production using electronic layout software, emphasizing principles and tools of typography, layout and color. ART 225 Communication Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students will use the computer to develop their visual communication skills as they create designs using typography, symbols, logos and illustrations. ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. ART 306 Calligraphy II Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. Art 83 ART 330 ART 351 Communication Design II An advanced study of graphic design using the computer to create visual communications for the print medium. (Prereq.: ART 225) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) ART 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) ART 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. ART 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223) ART 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221) ART HISTORY ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art of the Westem world from prehistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. ART 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.:ENG 111) ART 382 Scandinavian Arts The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. ART 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. ART 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111) - Art ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 389 American Art A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts. Internships and Independent Study Courses: ART 199 Internship See description on page 79. ART 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. ART 399 Internship See description on page 79. ART 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. ASIANSTUDIES See listing under East Asian Studies. B iolow is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living zreatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the tarth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part 3f the biological world, an understanding ~f the basic biologcal processes common to 311 organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to ~ttainself-understanding - and to provide a basis for wise decisions. -< Even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as yet, eluded biologsts, even though some ~rganismshave been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus zontinue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, in recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans, including advances in medicine, 3griculture and food science. Because a complete understanding of 2iological systems depends on applications ~f the principles of physics and chemistry, 3 firm background in the physical sciences is also important, to support the student's xoad-based understanding of biology. For many, an undergraduate major in 2iology serves primarily as a basis for hrther study. Augsburg graduates have 3one on to further studies in the Life ;ciences, leading to careers in college or miversity teaching, basic and applied research, and public health. Others have mtered professional programs in medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Other graduates have gone directly into a variety of careers, including secondary education and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Esther McLaughlin (Chair),William Capman, Mary K. Chelberg, Robert Herforth, Dale Pederson 5 e n Major Nine courses including: BIO 113 General Biology BIO 114 General Biology BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology and at least one from each of the five following groups: I. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology BIO 352 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology BIO 473 Animal Physiology 11. BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology 111. BIO 355 Genetics BIO 481 Ecology IV. v. BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 474 Developmental Biology BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 476 Microbiology The ninth course may be any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. 86 Biology - Required Supporting Courses CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 1151116 General Chemistry CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 1211122 General Physics Math Placement Group IV a two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require two semesters of calculus. Students should consult the pre-medical adviser in the department for information specific to medical school application. Graduate and Professional Training GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Graduate programs in biological fields require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require undergraduate research experience. Health care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements which should be discussed with an adviser in the department. Minor Teaching Licensure Major Five courses, including BIO 113,114 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 105/106 or CHM 115/116. The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to iden* current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the Biology faculty. Normally both General Biology and Principles of Chemistry (or General Chemistry) should be taken in the first year, and Introductory Cellular Biology and Organic Chemistry in the second year. Pre-medical Biology Major The same as the biology major, including a two-semester sequence in physics and Cooperative Education The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department Cooperative Education Coordinator. Biology 87 BIO 101 Human Biology An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 105 Biology and Society The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 113 General Biology - lntroductory Organismal Biology An introduction to organismal biology for science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. BIO 113 and 114 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Fall) BIO 114 General Biology - lntroductory Genetics, Evolution & Ecology An introduction to cellular functioning, metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO 113 and 114 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Spring) BIO 215 lntroductory Cellular Biology An introduction to structure and function in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in 223 or 351. Fall) BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113,114. Fall: alternate years) BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology Vertebrate phylogeny approached by comparative study of structure and function of the major organ systems. (Three hours lecture, three hours .. --- . 88 Biology - BIO 355 Genetics Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall) BIO 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113,114. Fall '96, Spring thereafter) BIO 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall) BIO 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to structure and life history. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, maintenance of cellular compartments, cell-signaling, cell cycle, and cytoskeleton-extracellularmatrix interactions. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) BIO 473 Animal Physiology A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall) BIO 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) BIO 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, indus- trial and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three hours lecture, three hour laboratory, one hour tutorial. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) BIO 481 Ecology A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG IV.Fall) BIO 491 Biology 89 Seminar (.O course) A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) Internships and Independent Study Courses: BIO 199 Internship See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 113,114) BIO 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. BIO 399 Internship See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 215) BIO 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 215) INFORMATION SYSTEMS- BUS, ACC, 0 ur mission is to prepare students for professional careers in business or for paduate studies. This preparation involves a curriculum that stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community. The Department fosters close ties with the corporate community which provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects. The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and socially aware. Faculty MIS major there are four specializations: Marketing, Management, Finance, and Jntemational Business. Within the Account ing major there are three specializations: General Accounting, Public Accounting, and Managerial Accounting. Graduation Requirements To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 63), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-course limit per academic department. Courses designated as ACC, BUS, and MIS are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Arnin Kader (Chair, International Business Coordinator),John C. Cerrito (Management Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohman, Fekri Meziou (Marketing CoordiTransfer Students nator), Thomas Morgan, Milo A. Schield (Finance Coordinator),Magdalena M. Transfer students must complete at Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy Schwalbe (MIS least four of the Upper Division courses Coordinator), and Stuart M. Stoller required in the major at Augsburg or (Accounting Coordinator). obtain an exemption from the Department. Transfer courses must be approved by the Department. Courses taken more than 10 years ago will not be accepted. Majors Advisina J The Department of Business, Administration, Accounting and MIS offers three majors: Business Administration (BUS), Accounting (ACC), and Management Mormation Systems (MIS). Specializations Within the Business Administration Students who plan to major in Business Administration, Accounting or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel mninrc nn their r n r ~ ~ rnccict c mainrc in Business Administration 2btaining internships or jobs, and provide letters of recommendation for prospective 2mployers or graduate programs. Internships Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Cooperative Education and Department faculty to obtain an Internship :BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or T he major in Business Administration xepares students for professional careers n business administration or for graduate studies. The four specializations within this najor share a common business core. This :ommon core provides students with a >roadfoundation so they can readily adapt :o internal changes in interests and goals md to external changes in circumstances md opportunities. 3usiness Core LO courses including: 3CO 112 Principles of Macroeconamics J ICO 113 Principles of Microeconomics v VIIS 175 Principles of Computing f o r d Business 2CC 221 Principles of Accounting I fl 4CC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 3US 242 Principles of Management 3US 252 Principles of Marketing vIIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 3US 301 Business Law 3US 331 Financial Management senior year. Although an Internship counts as part of the 13 courses allowed in the major, students may petition for an exception. An Internship may satisfy the perspective on the City. Internships can provide students with experience that may be valuable in competing for jobs after graduation. Consult your adviser on this matter. Specialization in Marketing Business core plus 3 courses: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 355 Marketing Communications or BUS 357 Advertising BUS 450 Marketing Management Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project Management or ECO 318 Management Science Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory and one of the following: ECO 311 Public Finance ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 315 Money and Banking MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and 91 92 Business Administration - Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing and one additional in either BUS 362 International Business or ECO 360 International Economics. Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent).The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics 11courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other Upper Division Economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 242 or BUS 331 Financial Management and one other Upper Division Business Administration, Accounting or MIS course Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in Business Administration Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379. This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in Accounting or MIS. Minor in International Business Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, and three courses in International Business (one may be in International Economics). Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in International Economics. Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. BUS 295 Topics T PC-IIITPC dicrii~cinn<m e ~ t i n with v ~ members nf the staff or visiting - Business Administration faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) IUS 301 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizationsunder the Uniform Commercial Code. IUS 302 Business Ethics Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing and speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or jr/sr standing) IUS 331 Financial Management Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital cost/budgeting, leverage, dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222) IUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) IUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results; evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252,357, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) IUS 355 Marketing Communications Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both. IUS 368 IUS 433 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both. International Business Introduction to problems/possibilities and appreciation of perspective required for successfully doing business in an international context. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring) Responding to the Challenge of Japan An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prerea.:BUS 331. ACC 322) 93 - 94 Business Administration - BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities: extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq all core courses or consent of instructor) BUS 439 Risk Management and Insurance Analyzes exposure to accidental loss -its identification, measurement and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision-making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) BUS 465 International Management Private sector manager's perspective of national/intemational institution and strategies, structure, practices and effects of a national corporation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended) BUS 466 International Marketing This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in a international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) BUS 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) lnternships and Independent Study Courses: BUS 199 Internship See description on page 79. BUS 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. BUS 399 Internship See description on page 79. BUS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. In. he major in accounting prepares tudents for professional careers in a wide rariety of accounting-related positions. 'his major has three tracks: General iccounting, Professional Accounting and vlanagerial Accounting. The General iccounting specialization is adequate for a vide variety of positions. The Professional iccounting track includes two specializaions: public accounting and managerial :ccounting.The public accounting specialzation is recommended for positions with :PA firms. The managerial accounting pecialization is recommended for positions vith large or rapidly-growing companies. The two professional specializations elate to two professional designations: the 3PA and the CMA. A Certified Public iccountant (CPA) focuses on external eporting; a Certified Management iccountant (CMA) focuses on internal eporting. The public accounting specialzation includes the materials emphasized )n the CPA exam; the managerial specialzation includes the materials emphasized In the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA lesignation have an experience requirenent in addition to passing the national !xam. Under the rules of the Minnesota itate Board of Accountancy, Accounting najors in the Public Accounting specializaion are qualified to sit for the CPA :xamination during their last semester. iccounting Core 4 courses are required for this major (an lxception to the 13-course limitation) ncluding: T O 112 Principles of Macroeconomics 3C0 113 Principles of Microeconomics dIS 175 Principles of Computing for ~usiness BUS BUS ACC ACC MIS 242 252 221 222 379 BUS 301 BUS 331 ACC 322 ACC 323 ACC 324 ACC 425 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Business Law Financial Management 2 Accounting Theory and Practice I Accounting Theory and Practice I1 Managerial Cost Accounting Advanced Accounting Students are encouraged to take the courses in the sequence given above. Specialization in General Accounting No additional courses required. Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326 Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing. Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. hterested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in Accounting Six courses including: ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175,379, ECO 112 or 113. This minor is recommended for majors -- . . - 2 Accounting ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) ACC 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322) ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor) ACC 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) ACC 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and operation auditing using problem-solving. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242,252,331, MIS 175,379) ACC 425 ACC 495 - Accounting 97 Advanced Accounting Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: ACC 199 ACC 299 ACC 399 ACC 499 - Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) Internship See description on page 79. Directed Study See description on page 79. Internship See description on page 79. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. T he major in Management Information Systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from Computer Science, Mathematics, Economics, Business and Accounting, as well as from MIS. Management Information Systems Major 16 courses including: A. Six courses in Economics, Business and Accounting: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II B. Three courses in Mathematics and Computer Science: CSC 170 Structured Programming MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or any higher level math course and one of the following: CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C C. Seven courses in MIS: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business or CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects and one of the following: MIS 376 Project Management MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ECO 318 Management Science CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in MIS Seven courses including: MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375, ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376 475,479 or ECO 318 Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC) Requirements MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all majors in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG III. MIS MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a strong computer background are encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of M E 175. (Prereq.:MPG 11) MIS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management Information Systems. MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel, Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG III, MIS 175 or CSC 160 or strong computer background) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational objectives. Topics include strategic uses of information systems, business process re-engineering, understanding the technology architecture and information systems resources. (Prereq.:ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, or CSC 160) MIS 376 Project Management Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.:ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 175 or 370.) MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.: MIS 375 and 370 or CSC 352) MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 376 and 475, generate a complete and 99 loo MIS MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 379) , Internships and Independent Study Courses: MIS 199 Internship See description on page 79. MIS 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. MIS 399 Internship See description on page 79. MIS 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 79. c hemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, and also capable of providing a public understanding of their work including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as offered in the General Education Curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both truly human and truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences. *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty Joan C. Kunz (Chair), John J. Carroll, Arlin E. Gyberg, Sandra L. Olmsted BACHELOR OF ARTS Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar and one additional course from: CHM 364 Physical Chemistry CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry lo* - Chemistry BIO 367 Biochemistry Also required: PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I & I1 or one year of calculus Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to idenfdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major The same as the Graduation Major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. E BACHELOR OF SCIENCE American Chemical Society Approved Major 12 courses including: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I & I1 or one year of calculus MAT 245 Mathematical Structures or approved math course PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German and computer proficiency. Honors Major Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemis- try, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor Five courses which must include: CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353, and two other Chemistry courses from: CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO 367 Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. Chemistry lo3 A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count, otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using thefirst term of a two-term course in registeringfor the second term. CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times I Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 11) CHM 101 Chemistry for Changing Times II Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to environmental, organic and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM 100, MPG III) CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG II. Fall) CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG m.Spring) CHM 115 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG III. Fall ) /' CHM 116 CHM 223 General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring) Elementary Organic Chemistry This one-semester course is designed for students whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward achemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet biochemistry '04 Chemistry requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Fall) CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring: CHM 352) CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemicaland spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG III. Fall) CHM 361 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall) CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.) CHM 364 Physical Chemistry Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) CHM 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four and one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifymg organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectracorrelations for IR, UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall) CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one fourand-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of - Chemistry 105 CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster and organometallic compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall) CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and uses the equation to solve molecular model problems. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (.O course) This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. CHM 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing) Internships and Independent Study Courses: CHM 199 lnternship See description on page 79. CHM 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. CHM 399 lnternship See description on page 79. CHM 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing) LOMMUNICATION See listing under Speech/Comunication and Theatre Arts. T he Augsburg Computer Science Department strives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks, communications and the use of computers as an information access tool. The course work provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their course work by electing an Internship or Cooperative Education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. Computer Science Faculty Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett, Noel Petit, Charles Sheaffer BACHELOR OF ARTS Computer Science Major 11courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC ~ h e o r yof Computation CSC Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC Principles of Computer Organization CSC Advanced Topics in Computer Science Augment Calculus I MAT or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences and two electives from CSC courses above 200, at least one of which is above 300. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Computer Science Major 15 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 4-40 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science MAT 145 Augment Calculus I MAT 146 Augment Calculus I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I1 or MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics or MAT 355 Numerical Analysis and two electives from CSC courses above 200, at least one of which is above 300. Computational Economics The computational economics major ha! been designed to serve a need for students to have some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major requires six courses from computer science and six from economics with a required capstone Independent Study. Students interested in this major should C o m ~ u t e rScience 2onsult with the faculty in computer science, in economics, or one of the :oordinators. Coordinators: Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics. Larry Ragland, Department of Computer Science. Major in Computational Economics K4T 145 Augment Calculus I or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer CSC 160 Science 112 Principles of Macroeconomics 113 Principles of Microeconomics 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics 313 Intermediate Microeconomics 318 Management Science 315 Money and Banking or ECO 415 Managerial Economics CSC 499 Independent Study or ECO 499 Independent Study ECO ECO ECO ECO ECO ECO Computer Science Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. Computer Science Minor Six courses including CSC 160,170,210, 345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division Computer Science course. Introduction to Computer Science and Communications Use of the computer as an information accessing tool through e-mail, Internet, newsgroups, and remote access to the library; an introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, and theory. (Prereq.:MPG m) CSC 170 Structured Programming An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using C. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or MPG IV) CSC 210 Data Structures Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects, classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170) CSC 261 Electronics See under PHY 261. CSC 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) '07 lo8 - Computer Science CSC 271 COBOL Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 272 UNlX and C Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching/sorting; mathematical algorithms, scheduling, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 145) CSC 330 Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145) CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: csc 345) CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP, IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340) CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345) Com~uterScience CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: CSC 199 Internship See description on page 79. CSC 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. CSC 399 Internship See description on page 79. CSC 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. 109 A major in East Asian Studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China and other East Asian nations and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian Studies include government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. East Asian Studies Faculty Martha Johnson, Director Major in East Asian Studies Nine courses are required for the major. Courses in the major must be approved by the campus adviser, and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian language; four additional courses, two of which must be Upper Division (strongly recommended that one of these be a historj course on China or Japan); and an East Asiarl Studies Seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in another discipline are strongly recommended. Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Language Courses Hamliie University offers elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese. Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas offer elementary and intermedi. ate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors may also take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. - East Asian Studies Minor in East Asian Studies Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia which would complement other disciplines. Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian Studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg College - Martha Johnson 330-1715, Hamline University - Richard Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas - Robert Foy 962-5603. Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian Studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan HIS 104 The Modem Non-Westem World PHI 355 Asian Philosophy POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy REL 356 History of Religions THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre Students may also take Independent Studies (299,499) or topics courses relating to East Asian Studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and approval of program director. 111 T he Economics Department offers a program which stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis and an emphasis on national and international issues. Students who graduate with an Economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. Currently, four majors are offered. The Economics major is designed primarily for students who are planning graduate or advanced professional studies. The Applied Economics major generally leads to careers in the business world or govemment. Computational Economics meets the challenge of the changing career opportunities in the fields of Economics and Computer Science. Finally, the combined Economics/Business Administration major is designed for those who want more flexibility in planning their program of study. The study of Economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and to make choices. Some reasons for studying Economics are: Economics deals with current problems; Economics is a successful and prestigious social science; Economics employs theoretical models and the scientific method; an Economics major prepares students for community leadership; and an Economics major leads to a great diversity of career opportunities. These include careers in business, law, teaching, journalism, politics, banking and finance, service in government, educational administration, private and public intemational service and industrial relations. A degree in Economics may prove to be a valuable credential. Students are also able to combine an Economics major with other disciplines such as Business Administration, Intemational Relations, Mathematics, Computer Science, Management Information Systems (MIS), Political Science, History and Nordic Area Studies. Transfer students majoring in the Economics Department must take at least four Upper Division Economics courses at Augsburg, one of these must be ECO 312 or 313. Internships are recommended. Students must consult with the Department chair and the Internship office before registering for academic credit. Economics Faculty Satya P. Gupta (Chair),Jeanne Boeh, Edward Sabella Maior in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics and three other Upper Division courses: MIS 175 Computers for Business, Accounting, Economics and MIS MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also stron~lvrecommended. Economics 113 Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics ECO 318 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics ECO 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Computers for Business, Accounting, Economics and MIS MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Major in Computational Economics See Computer Science, page 106. Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration Five Economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics And one other Upper Division Economics course and six Accounting/Business Administration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics and one other Upper Division Business course Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to iden* current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted by consulting with the Department chair. Note: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy, Economics of Mutual Funds and Health Economics. Economics ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools, e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration or MIS). ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 219 History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.:ECO 113. Fall: alternate years) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate Economics economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall: alternate years) ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG m. Fall) ECO 360 International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring: alternate years) ECO 360 Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, global warming, etc. that arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand) ECO 413 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets: labor as a factor of ~roduction:determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 414 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313: on demand) ECO 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,313, MAT 122) - - Economics ECO 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. Internships and Independent Study Courses: ECO 199 Internship See description on page 79. ECO 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. ECO 399 Internship See description on page 79. (Prereq.: 50 percent of major or consent of instructor) ECO 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. T he Education Department maintains teacher education programs which are fully accredited by the Minnesota Board of Teaclung and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to endorsements or licensure for kindergarten, elementary, a wide variety of secondary subject areas, and K-12 licenses in art, health, music, or physical education. Students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS Exam prior to beginning 300400 level courses. Students complete a semester of full-time student teaching within the Department's 45-mile service area. The Education Department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education and education studies. All students are expected to obtain an Education Department adviser at the outset of coursework. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in an Interna- Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDU 341 Media Technology tional Student Teaching Abroad program. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Education Faculty Rich Germundsen (Chair), Mary Ann Bayless, Linda Dyer, Joseph Erickson, Ann Fleener, Gretchen Irvine, Susan O'Comor, Vicki Olson, Jean Strait Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher licensure are expected to be implemented prior to the year 2000. At the date of this catalog printing those changes have yet to be announced. All candidates for teacher licensure will have to meet the standards set by the State and meet the State's timeline requirements. Teacher candidates are strongly encouraged to maintain frequent contact with an Education Department faculty adviser. EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field Experience EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music l8 Elementary Education - EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts EDE 388 Human Relations EDE 481,482,483 Student Teaching K-6 EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts and EDE 377 K-El Science Methods PHY 103 Students must complete an academic minor. If students also desire kindergarten endorsement, EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten is required. A GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major, 2.0 in the minor, and grades of P in student teaching courses are required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.0 in all Education courses. The equivalent of two full courses graded P/N plus student teaching is the maximum allowed for the elementary education major. P/N grades for EDU 388 Human Relations and student teaching are counted in the eight P/N graded course maximum allowed for graduation for all elementary and secondary teacher education degree students. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure Program are available in the Education Department. Conceptual Physics (See Physics Department for course description.) EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) EDE 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that arenot treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. ID,,,,, . DDCT\ Elementary Education 119 EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST, jr/sr standing, take as close to student teaching as possible) EDE 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 383 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education, Health Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. - . ,. - 0 . . .. .. - Elementary Education EDS 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education for course description.) EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary course work satisfactorily completed, admission into the Education Department Licensure program, PPST, P/N grading only.) EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education for course description) EDE 495 Topics in Education (.5 course) Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). Internships and Independent Study Courses: EDE 199 Internship See description on page 79. EDE 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. EDE 399 Internship See description on page 79. EDE 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty. I t is the responsibility of each student to neet all specific requirements of the iducation Department. Secondary Educaion students are expected to consult with {ducationfaculty regarding state requirenents for teacher licensure, in addition to :onferring with the student's major field ~dviser. Licensure Requirements in the state of vfinnesota for teaching in secondary ;chools are met through the Augsburg Zollege Education Department Licensure xogram: Baccalaureate degree; academic najor in an approved teaching area; and he following courses: 3DU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting !DU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience 3DU 341 Media Technology ZDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas ZDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary Field Experience EDU 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching/ Seminar EDS 484 Student Teaching/Seminar (for Art, Health, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors) HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or equivalent) (for Art, Health, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors) Secondarv Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators Methods course in major/minor areas GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5 in teaching major/minor and P in student teaching required. All required EDU/EDS courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. Art, Health, Music, and Physical Education Licensure A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the music major for 355-359. Art, health, and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12). 121 '2 Secondary Education Modern Language Licensure minor fields providing the student has a 2. For modem language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Modem Language Department for information on the required competency exams. GPA inthat has the methods course for that field, has student taught in the field. Students may not student teach in a minor only. Licensing in a Minor Field (Also see Natural Science Licensure on page 192 and Social Studies Licensure on Page 230.) Teacher licensure is available in several EDU 210 Learning and Development i n an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105 Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended. EDU 265 Orientation t o Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opporhmity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) EDS 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) EDS 295 Topics i n Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description) (Prereq.: PPST) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assisl students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.:PPST) EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) EDS 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (.5 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials and techniques. Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: Woodwinds. Odd year: R,-,, A , D,rr..rr:,, CC:,-.ID-,-,, . DDCT\ Secondary Education '23 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall) Art Methods (Senior High School) (.5 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361. Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall) English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) Physical Education Methods (K-6) (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: PPST) Modern Language Methods (.5 course) World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modem Language Department. Joint Day School and WEC. Fall) Physical Education Methods (7-12) (.5 course) (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: PPST) Natural Science Methods (-5 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) Social Studies Methods (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall: WEC) Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (.5 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre, and directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) Mathematics Methods (.5 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) '24 Secondary Education EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description.)(Open to all.) EDS 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society an1 final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senio: standing, EDU 265 and PPST) EDS 481,482, 483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervisio: of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 7 12 licensure majors and four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and Physical Education licensure majors. ~ o kor r more courses required of double majors. (Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and admission to the Department, PPST, P/N grading only.) EDS 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics wiU be announced. EDS 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). See Department listing for a description ofthefollowing approved elective: HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: PPST) Internships and lndependent Study Courses: EDS 199 Internship See description on page 79. Student must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit. EDS 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. EDS 399 Internship See description on page 79. Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. EDS 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 79. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Non-Licensure Education Majors - on-Licensure Education Studies Major 3U 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience or EDU 264 Orientation to Education (.5) with EDS 252/EDE 263 Clinical Experience DU 210 Learning and Development DU 353 Intemational Education DE 352 or EDS 354 Creative Learning Environments DE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature DU 388 Human Relations DE or EDS 399 Internship DS 478 School and Society . Select one from the following: NG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions DL 325 Public Administration 3C 349 Complex Organizations 3C 362 and 363 Statistical Analysis and Research Methods SY 357 Behavior Analysis SY 230 and 330 Research Methods I & II . Select one from the following: SY SY SY SY PC WK 367 369 361 371 345 361 Behavior Analysis Psychological Assessment Personality Psychology of Gender Organizational Communication Social Responses to Human Needs Other A, B course options may be ossible. Students must achieve a minilurn grade of 2.0 in each Education course. .minimum GPA of 2.0 in the major is Non-Licensure Elementary Education Major Complete the same coursework as listed in the Elementary major but delete the student teaching courses (EDE 481-484). Complete two additional courses from the following: EDU 353 Intemational Education EDE 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions POL 325 Public Administration PSY 355 Brain and Behavior PSY 356 Environmental Psychology PSY 359 Psychologcal Assessment SOC 349 Complex Organizations SPC 345 Organizational Communication SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs Other course options may be possible. Complete an academic minor or second major. Minimum grade of 2.0 is required in all Education courses. A cumulative, major, and minor GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation. Minor The Special Education minor offers 6 courses (5 plus 1prereq. for PSY course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective related to the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the needs of students in various disciplines interested in disability issues. This minor consists of a minimum of six courses: EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education EDE 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education SOC 231 Family Systems: A cross cultural perspective PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World or PSY 105 Principles of Psychology either course is a required prerequisite for PSY 351,352,353, or 357. EDU 282 Choose one from the following: PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle and Older Adult One course from the following: SOC 265 Culture, Ethnicity, Gender, and Race SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs EDU 495 Topic in Education: Only Topic in Special Education PSY 361 Psychological Assessment PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis Prerequisite: EDU 282, PSY 230 Students should contact the Director oj Special Education at the outset of coursework. Introduction to Special Education An introduction to issues facing people with disabilities. Critical issues related to schools, family and society are examined, as well as existing attitudinal barriers and current methods of support. (Fall) EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Spring) 'NCINEERINC I A ugsburg College has cooperative rrange&ents kith three universities to low-the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts egree from Augsburg College and an ngineering degree from either the rniversity of Minnesota Institute of echnology, Minneapolis; Washington rniversity School of Engineering and ,pplied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Iichigan Technological University, [oughton,Michigan. Because of the special :quirements and opportunities of these rograms, early consultation with the ,ugsburg Engineering Adviser is necesary. Applications for these programs $quirethe recommendation of the agsburg Enpeering Adviser. ngineering Adviser tuart Anderson lniversity of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and ~ugsburgcooperative arrangement rovides for two dual degree engineering rograms: achelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering B.A. / B.E.) enables students to receive a 'achelor of Arts degree from Augsburg Iollege and a Bachelor of Engineering egree from the University of Minnesota. he program typically involves three years t Augsburg and two years at the Institute f Technology. Students may apply for the program fter completing the sophomore year. At hat time, they will be informed of their tatus in the program and any further onditions necessary for final acceptance to the program. Formal application to the nstitute of Technology may be completed luring the second semester of the junior ,ear at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A. / M.E.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A./ B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. 12* - Engineering The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 116 General Chemistry CSC 170 Structured Programming ENG 111 Effective Writing PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 Four Mathematics courses are required: MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus 11 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 247 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I1 Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 or 145,146 and PHY 121,122 are taker in the freshman year. Students interested i Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. - ENG T hose who study. English believe that . m intense concern for words, ideas, and images helps people understand who they Ire and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do, and better understand the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through working in Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring in the Writing Lab, or participating in the Cooperative Education Program. Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, joumal- ism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing and other professions and businesses. English Faculty Kathryn Swanson (Chair),Candyce Clayton, Robert Cow& Cathleen Dalglish, Pauline Danforth, Douglas Green, Joan Grifh, David Hudson, Susan Hyman, Diana Kordas, Marilyn Kramer, Roseann Lloyd, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, John S h t Major Nine courses above 111, including: ENG 225 Intermediate Expository writing ENG 245 Introduction to Literature One course in European literature: ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante or ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to the Modem Period Two survey courses in British literature from: ENG 331 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries ENG 337 British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians One Upper Division course in American literature: ENG 350 American Literature to 1920 or ENG 351 American Literature , Since 1920 One 400 level course Two additional electives 130 - English Majors are encouraged to consult their adviser A student with a Or program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department. English-Language Arts Teaching Major 10 courses, including those listed under the maior. and: ENG '345 Introduction to the English Language ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing EDS 364 English Methods and one course with a component in nonWestern literature (for example, ENG 361). In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education no later than the spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chair by Oct. 15 in senior year for Department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines). Minor Five courses above ENG 111, including ENG 245; an Upper Division literature course; and an additional writing course. Concentration in Writing Five courses in writing (above ENG 111). Transfer Students Note: Transfer undergraduate majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer students who minor in English must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer English Education students with a B.A. in English from another college must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably Upper Division). These courses must be taken before the Department can recommend a student for student teaching. The English Placement Test A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skills - such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences - are required to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101 Developmental Writing before enrolling in ENG 111 Effective Writing. Students in Effective Writing (ENG 111) and Developmental Writing (ENG 101) can - English 131 elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation withtheir instructor up through the last week of class (without special permission/petition). Students who choose to receive a traditional grade in either course will receive a grade of N if their work is below a 2.0. ENC 101 Prerequisites Effective Writing is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course is ENG 245 to Literature or consent of the instructor. Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111Effective Writing, this course is required of students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. ENC 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0. ENC 216 American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring) ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing determines placement in these courses, and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218) ENC 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 225 Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing ENG 111. Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.:ENG 111) ENC 226 lntroduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall) ENC 227 Journalism An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verlfy facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring) ENC 245 lntroduction to Literature An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. ENC 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of the Westem heritage and American world views. Themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought. (Fall) ENC 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) ENC 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring) ENC 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in English 133 the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. ENC 327 Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the work of others, and learning layout and design. Students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of others and laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years) ENC 331 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences and the major Literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 337 British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.) ENC 345 Introduction to the English Language A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are introduced to the primary components of linguistics, the development of the English language, and the social impact of language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 347 Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and Research This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructor. MPG 111.) ENG 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to WWI. Issues relating to race, class, and gender, conceptions of the individual in relation to society, and regional differences are studied. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) '34 English ENC 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestem, of the 20th century. (Prereq.:ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 382 Topics Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.:ENG 245 or consent of instructor All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literay criticism or, in the case of writing classes, of what writers and/or composition theorists have to say about writing. ENC 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th cen? beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Steme, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 438 Shakespeare Study of major plays -comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 445 Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. ~ l t e m a t years) e ENC 480 Criticism The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 482 Topics in Language and Literature Jhdividual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) English 135 lee Department listing for a description of the following approved elective: 'HR 325 Playwriting nternships and Independent Study Courses: .NC 199 lnternship See description on page 79. .NC 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. .NC 399 lnternship See description on page 79. .NC 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of Department Chair. lee listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he initial months after entering college as a first year student are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being college students. The First Year Experience (ME) is composed of three parts: Summer Registra- FYE 101 FYE Seminar tion, Fall Orientation, and the FYE Seminars. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade f o FYE 101 on their official transcript and a 0.25 credit. Students without a P for FYE 101 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. (.25 course) A series of Fall term meetings with an M E adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College comrnunity of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplines and sources collected in the Augsburg Anthology. (P/N grading only; evaluation based on attendance and participation.) FOREIGNLANGUAGES See listing under Modem Languages. FRENCH See listing under Modem Languages. s ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. Gen- CST 009 Cooperative Education era1 Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative proseminar created by cooperating faculty. (.O course) Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Cooperative Education staff. No course credit. CST 100 Critical Thinking A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize and evaluate claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancementby the entry critical thinking assessment. CST 140 Introduction to the Liberal Arts An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test-taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. CST 209 City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course) Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/service/ cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students do a series of 5-6 reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic way of thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger community. The semhar enables the student to meet the objectives of the City Perspective. Permission of Instructor. Non-credit. GERMAN See listing under Modem Languages. v irtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the f l e d athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for athletic and develovmental activities. The Education provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. The Health Education Department prepares students for careers in school health education and wellness. This program offers a comprehensive health component in examining prevention and promotion needs for individuals, schools and the community. All Health and Physical Education majors must receive a grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE prefix applying to the major. Health and Physical Education Faculty Carol Enke (Chair), Brian Ammann, Richard Borstad, Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Patricia Murphy, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Jeff Swenson HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education Major HPE 101 Fitness For Life HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 316 Human Sexuality m E 320 School Health Curriculum mE 390 Instructional Methods and Materials HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 450 Current Health Issues BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology PSY 201 Health Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: -Child or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult BIO 220 Microbiology (at St. Catherine's) Must have instructor's certification for CPR and first aid. Recommended: HPE 355 Tests and Measurement Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with Health and Physical Education 139 the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor HPE 101,110,114,115,216,320,390, 450, BIO 103. Students interested in the Teaching Minor should consult with the Health Education Department Adviser. 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education Major HPE 101 Fitness for Life HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 210 Introduction to Physical Education HPE 220 Motor Learning HPE 223 Team Sports HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports HPE 232 Dance HPE 254 Introduction to Development/ Adapted Physical Education HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor HPE 101,115,210 223,231,232,351. There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement (not a major) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 310 Psychology of Sport HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 489 Practicum (arrange through Department Chair) One course from: HPE 476 Coaching of Football HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field W E 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball Internship in Athletic Training BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology W E 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries And advanced athletic training (ACTC schools) Also required: 1500 hours of practical experience under the direction of a Certified Athletic Trainer. 140 - Health and Physical Education HEALTH EDUCATION HPE 101 Fitness For Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modlfy personal health and fitness. (Fall and Spring) HPE 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall and Spring) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. (Fall and Spring) HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators (.5 course) A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis on prevention. (Fall and Spring) HPE 316 Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. (Spring) HPE 320 School Health Curriculum (.5 course) Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Interim - odd numbered years) HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (.5 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (.5 course) Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Interim - odd numbered years) HPE 450 Current Health Issues (.5 course) This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in text and media from a sociological, political, economical and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall - even numbered years) - Health and Physical Education 141 I PHYSICAL EDUCATION IPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course) Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chair.) No course credit. (Fall and Spring) IPE 101 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall and Spring) IPE 210 Introduction to Physical Education (.5 course) History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring) IPE 220 Motor Learning (.5 course) The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to physical activity. (Spring) IPE 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules and skill development. (Spring) IPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports including history, rules and skill development. (Fall) IPE 232 Dance (.5 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim) IPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education (.5 course) A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and educationprograms for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall) IPE 310 Sport Psychology (-5 course) The application of psychology to athletes and athletic situations. Psychology of Sport deals with the effect of psychological factors on behavior in sports, and the effect that participation in sport or physical activity has on the performer. (Spring - even numbered years) IPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs (.5 course) A survey of management, leadership and decision making for Physical Education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) IPE 350 Kinesiology (.5 course) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prerea.:BIO 103. Fall) '42 Health and Physical Education HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiolog cal principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring) HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (.5 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health ant physical education. (Fall) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-6) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6. An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary aged children. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites. Fall) HPE 368 (.5 course) Physical Education Methods (7-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in secondary schools. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites. Spring) HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.:HPE 210. Fall) HPE 475 (.5 course) Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries Preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: BIO 103, HPE 350. Interin HPE 476 Coaching of Football (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall - odd numbered years) HPE 477 Coaching o f Basketball (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim - odd numbered years) HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim - even numbered years) HPE 479 (.5 course) Coaching of Track and Field Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field (Spring - even numbered years) HPE 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball (-5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring - odd numbered years) HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Interim - odd numbered years) HPE 489 Health and Physical Education 143 [ternshipsand Independent Study Courses: PE 199 Internship See description on page 79. PE 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. PE 399 Internship See description on page 79. PE 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 79. Open only to junior or senior majors. H istory is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." The study of history enables us to deal more knowledgeably with continuity and change in society. The construction of an informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the future. History majors are prepared to be active and contributing members of their society. The study of history, which has long held a major role in the liberal arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate study in several fields, and a wide range of employment opportunities which require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing of information. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chair),Jacqueline deVries, William Green, Donald Gustafson, Christopher Kimball Major Eight courses plus one seminar. At leas four of these courses must be Upper Division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modem Europe; U.S.; and nonWestem. Teaching Licensure The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis fron the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor Five courses, at least t h e e of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junio year; two years of a foreign language at thc college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. History 145 Prerequisites First year students should enroll in me or more of the 101-104 courses. 200eve1 courses are normally reserved for ophomore or Upper Division students. Jpper Division courses are numbered 100and above. llS 101 llS 102 llS 103 l l S 104 l l S 220 l l S 221 llS 222 Satisfactory completion of a Lower Division course is normally required before enrolling in an Upper Division course. See instructor for permission. Transfer Students Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their courses at Augsburg. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg. The Beginning of Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century. The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. America to 1815 A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures and the political, religious, and racial diversity which formed colonial life including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new republic. 19th Century U.S. A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruction. 20th Century U.S. A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence. 146 - History HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform. HIS 228 American Legal History An examination of the social, economic and intellectual factors in American history which, combined with English and cclonial antecedents, contributed to the emergence of our modem legal system. HIS 241 Topics in African-American History Selected topics in African-American history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 242 History of African-American Civil Rights, 1619-1915 A survey of the development of African-American civil rights focusing on legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves. HIS 243 History of African-American Civil Rights, 1915-1972 A continuation of History 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr. HIS 2461371 The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage Key aspects of the cultural history of the United States and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present with emphasis on the Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these cultures. (Offered only in the Augsburg College/Ostfold, Norway program. See International Studies) HIS 31 1 Topics in Women's History Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 326 American Indian History A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure and inter-governmentalrelations. HIS 331 Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offerec will be announced prior to registration. HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the . . A . ... History HIS 335 American Urban History A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture. HIS 336 American Labor History A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and 20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and union to the state. HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization.(For offerings see International Studies) HIS 347 MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day. (For offerings see International Studies) HIS 352 Modern Germany A survey of the social, political and cultural development of Gemany after 1871 focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of National Socialism, and the Holocaust. HIS 354 Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688 This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic change in British politics, society, culture and international status. HIS 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion and political institutions. HIS 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. HIS 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state, emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. HIS 380 The History of Women in the West to 1870 A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe L A . . . .I L - - - - - .. 147 - History public roles, sexuality, life cycles and familial roles in the Renaissance, early American, Edightment, and Victorian periods. HIS 381 The History of Women in the West Since 1870 A continuation of HIS 380. Emphasizing class, racial and ethnic differences among women, this class examines the changing legal, political, economic, social and sexual status of women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period. HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 474 The World and the West Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. HIS 495 Seminar This course is required for the major and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their course work. Selected topics will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. (Offered at least once each year, during the Fall term.) lnternships and Independent Study Courses: HIS 199 Internship See description on page 79. HIS 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. A maximum of one course in Directed Study may be applied to the major. HIS 399 Internship See description on page 79. HIS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in History) I nterdisciplinary Studies covers a oad spectrum of experience and course ork. Through Interdisciplinary courses, udents gain greater insight and undermding of cultures and perspectives fferent from their own. Through these .periencesstudents are better prepared become contributing members of the obal community. Augsburg also offers students the )portunity to major and minor in 'omen's Studies, and to minor in Metrorban Studies and American Indian udies. For other Interdisciplinary course itings, see International Studies. American Indian Studies is a minor that ves students the opportunity to learn ,out the original, indigenous cultures of 4s 105 North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary representing religion, language, art, history, English and women's studies departments. Interdisciplinary courses are offered as well in cinema and contemporary issues. This integrated course of study exposes students to the beauty and richness of the diverse tribal cultures still existing in our c o w today. Coordinator Virginia Allery Minor Students must take five courses in American Indian Studies to get a minor. The only requirements are INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course. These courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. Introduction to American Indian Studies This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian Studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music and language. (Required for American Indian Studies minor.) JB 111, OJB112 Beginning Ojibwe NC 216 I S 233 (See Modem Languages for course description.) American Indian Literature (See English Department for course description.) Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course examines a variety of issues conceming the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. - Interdisciplinary Studies Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico the Middle East and China. (Cross-listed with the Women's Studies Department.) INS 260 Contemporary American Indians This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934).Emphasis is on such current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted. INS 264 American Indians in the Cinema Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood anc television, are studied. Films are viewed from 1913 to the present in orde to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed ir film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century and is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture (See Art Department for course description.) INS 320 American Indian Women The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to Women's Studies.) HIS 326 American Indian History (See History Department for course description.) REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought (See Religion Department for course description.) REL 231 Religion in African-American History (See Religion Department for course description.) INS 232 The African-American Experience in America An o v e ~ e w of the major issues related to the African-Americanexperience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal and psychological aspects of that experience. HIS 241 Topics in African-American History (See History Department for course description.) Interdisciplinary Studies 151 Metro-Urban Stcldies is a transdisci)linary major and minor taught by faculty n sociology, economics, history, political icience, psychology and other related iisciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies wogram seeks to blend classroom and field :xperience, theory and internships whch ocus the content of liberal leanring on the netropolitan community and the process )f urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and ninor are designed to provide underpaduate preparation for postgraduate ;tudies in planning, architecture, law, sublic administration, environmental ;tudies, social welfare, government, :omunity organization and theology. t'he program and General Education City >erspectiveintroduce students to the wide rariety of developing careers related to lrban and metropolitan affairs and equip itudents with the analytical and theoretical 001s required to understand the metropolian community. Internships, Community Service,earning and Cooperative Education are ivailable as ways to enhance the quality of he major and make fuller use of the !xtensive metropolitan opportunities ifforded by the College's location. The ligher Education Consortium for Urban 4ffairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges )f the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the ~verallprogram. Metro-Urban Studies Faculty 2arry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew 4oki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Robert Zlyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY), Chris Gmball (HIS),Michael O'Neal (SOC) Major 10 courses including: POL 122 Metropolitan Complex SOC 211 Community and the Modem Metropolis HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities HIS 335 Urban American History PSY 356 Environmental Psychology SOC 362 Statistical Analysis or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics SOC 363 Research Methods or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning INS 399 Internship Plus one additional approved urbanrelated course. (Courses fulfilling the City Perspectives generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.) HECUA off-campus programs are highly recommended, especially the MUST Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics. Minor POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225 and two of the following: PSY 356, HIS 335, SOC 381 or INS 399. The Internship, INS 399, is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program. 15* - Interdisciplinary Studies Internships and Independent Study Courses: INS 199 Internship See description on page 79. INS 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211) INS 399 Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 79. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week. INS 498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 oi SOC 211 and consent of instructor) INS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363) INTRODUCTION TO URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to six interdisciplinaryfield learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America and the Twin Cities. Also see International Studies listings. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. INS 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinaryreadings connect experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it. INS 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying - at times competing -views on the Twin Cities Interdisciplinary Studies 153 and oral history provide data to idenhfy inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. INS 399 Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 79. 11. City Arts Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program. INS 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. INS 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. INS 399 Internship See description on page 79. Major (Formerly Scandinavian Area Studies) Nordic Area Studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined resources of the ACTC schools and the Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The curriculum treats Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic Area Studies postulate a Nordic regional identity as a context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries and to understand the complexity of their interactions among . themselves and the global community. Coordinator Eight Upper Division courses. Minor Four Upper Division courses. Other Requirements Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the major must be Augsburg courses. The remainder may be transfer credits included in the major on approval of the program coordinator. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian language course listings under the Modem Language Department. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland or Iceland (see International - Interdisciplinary Studies Metro-Urban Studies, SUST or Oslo Year Program), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, History, Political NAS 330 Science, Urban Studies, Business Administration, International Relations, Sociology or Social Work. Contemporary Norden A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language required. (Fall: alternate years) NAS 351 The Modern Nordic Novel Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) NAS 352 The Modern Nordic Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) NAS 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) NAS 377 Scandinavia in the World (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) ART 382 Scandinavian Arts (See Art Department.) NAS 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) NAS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) Internships and Independent Study Courses: NAS 199 Internship See description on page 79. NAS 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. NAS 399 Internship See description on page 79. NAS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. I nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, International Business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the Intemational Relations major. Director Two of the following: HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy POL 461 Topics in International Politics Also, the equivalent of four tenns of college work in a modem language Required electives Six of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): BUS 362,364,368,465,466 ECO 314,317,360,365 HIS 352,440,474 PHI 355 POL 350,351,359,382,459 REL 356,420 SOC 336 SPC 329 FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.) Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the Program Director, as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Norma Noonan Honors Major Required courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 The Modem World or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes or POL 160 World Politics POL 490 Seminar in International GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall. In addition to fulfjlling the requirements for the major, the student must complete an Honors Thesis no later than March 1of the senior year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to complete an Honors Major by the end of their junior year. Minor ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and '26 International Studies POL 363 or 461. One year of modem language. Three courses from the list of required electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; 1 nternational Study at Augsburg College is intended to motivate students to act responsibly and effectively in society by expanding their awareness of other cultures, deepening their understanding of the human condition on a global scale, and helping them to understand the connections between social justice and global interdependence. The Center for Global Education administers international study opportunities available to Augsburg students. Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences to mathematics, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution1 general education and graduation requirements when approved by the Director of Academic Programs Abroad and appropriate faculty before departure. prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in the program. All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus through the Center for Global Education. Students must apply by Dec. 15 for study off-campus for the next year. The cost for many programs is equivalent to full room, board and tuition for a semester on-campus plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. International study programs approved through Augsburg are listed below. For information on these or other programs, contact the Director of Academic Programs Abroad. THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the International Studies ?erspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center's study programs are :onducted in Mexico, Central America, Vamibia, and Norway. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars: in Mexico to Central America, and Namibia to South Africa. I WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO) - FALL This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class, and global economics. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also ~pprovedfor credit in Women's Studies. Application deadline is April 1. 5PA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) INS 311 The Development Process Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social change strategies. POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics -Women in Latin America An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies, and revolution. (Required course.) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation." I GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO) SPRING This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmentalpolicies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Students 2xamine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline is Oct. 15. 157 '58 International Studies SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks, taught by Mexican instructors. (Placementlevel determined by Program Director.) SPA 356 Latin American Literature - 20th Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, Central American refugees. SOC 286 Social Stratification Students examine the key social, political and economic forces which have shaped the experience of women and men in the region. Particular attention is paid to the forms, causes and consequences of inequality which exists in Latin American societies. REL 311 Theology, Ethics, and The Environment This course focuses on the ethical implications of policies which affect the environment in Mexico and Central Ameria. Students examine different religious and ethical perspectives and visit a variety of sites where environmental devastation has taken place, as well as ecological reserves. SOUTHERN AFRICA SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION (NAMIBIA) - FALL This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Application deadline is April 1. INS 312 The Development Process - Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice and human rights and examines basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South Africa and the war for independence. POL 353 Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative Perspective This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. International Studies I AUGSBURG COLLEGE OSTFOLD, NORWAY - SEMESTER OR ACADEMIC YEAR Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss, ~ffersthis semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Twenty U.S. itudents and 20 Norwegian students join to explore the cross-cultural dimensions of a ~arietyof fields. To be discontinued in Fall 1997. UOR 1111112 Beginning Norwegian This course aims to develop the four basic language skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing. Special emphasis is placed on helping students learn to use Norwegian in their daily lives. Television, movies, newspapers, and visits by native Norwegians are utilized. IlS 2461371 The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is on the Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society. UAS 2501350 Comparative Social Structures in Scandinavia and the United States This course examines concepts basic to the study of sociology, including group interaction, social institutions and culture. It also explores the development and current status of social structure in Scandinavia and the United States. iPC 332 Intercultural Communication This course explores both the opportunities and the problems associated with communication between people from different cultural backgrounds. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectation, values, and non-verbal symbols are examined. iPC 346 Theories of Communication and Media This course explores the relationship between communication and media by examining texts, ideas, media products, and technical facilities. Special attention will be given to the social, psychological, ethical and demographic issues from U.S. and Scandinavian cultures. 'OL 250 Comparative Politics: Scandinavia and the U.S. This course examines the political and administrative systems of the U.S. and Scandinavian countries with an emphasis on Norway. Particular attention is given to the common origins of political tradition and practices in the U.S. and Norway. I SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA, EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA - FALL This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For wo decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced imdamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and :ivil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El ialvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1. 159 1 60 - International Studies SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by Program Director) SOC 267 Cultural Ecology This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization and modernization on indigenous cultures. ECO 325 Sustainable Development This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in the "Third World." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage. REL 366 Church and Social Change in Latin America This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students examine the "theologies of liberation." W WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT:A SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVE (NAMIBIA) SPRING - This intensive travel and study program is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history of their role in society and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. Application deadline is Oct. 15. SOC 236 Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa Using a cross-cultural approach, this course examines the family as a social institution in Namibia and South Africa. A farnily stay will serve as a laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in Namibia. INS 312 The Development Process - Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics - Southern Africa This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly independent Namibia. International Studies THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different full semester programs in Norway, Colombia and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on-campus plus airfare. For non-international HECUA courses, see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies. SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST) - FALL This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local, regional and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union. INS 372 Norwegian Language Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the Chair of the Modem Language Department for language credit. INS 377 Scandinavia in the World Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade and the Third World. INS 393 Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for s w e y of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. INS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view. 161 16* - International Studies SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAUS) - FALL This semester in the city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia or Quito, Ecuador. This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationships between Third World development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin America. Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study in the host city and outlying regions. INS 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. INS 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin America. INS 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared. INS 363 Wealth, Poverty and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA) - FALL OR SPRING This interdisciplinaryprogram enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with the study of community development process and the increase of language skills. CULTURE AND SOCIETY IN LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR - SPRING This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on developments and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in which ideologies shape social realities. INS 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change. Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manifested in major artistic periods. INS 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships International Studies 163 among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America. INS 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence and Marxism. Internships and Independent Study Courses: Check with the spec$c International Studies program directorfor requirements in the program. INS 199 INS 299 INS 399 INS 499 Internship See description on page 79. Directed Study See description on page 79. Internship See description on page 79. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. See listing under Business Administration, Accounting and Management Information Systems. A t least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally educated person. Mathematics courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills in three ways. Mathematical ideas have had a formative impact on the development of civilization. Since a liberal education should include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of mathematics and its influences is an important part of a liberal arts education. The Department aims to provide its majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics majors are prepared for graduate school or work in industry or service professions. Students may pursue a concentration in applied mathematics or the more traditional major. Internship and Cooperative Education options help students take advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technically-oriented enterprises in the city. Additionally, an increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Toward the goal of serving students with a diversity of needs, the Department uses a calculus curriculum in which students leam concepts in the context of learning skills of mathematical investigation. A major federal grant supported the development of this AUGMENT curriculum. Mathematics Faculty Ken Kaminsky (Chair), Larry Copes, Suzanne Doree, Rebekah Valdivia Major Eight courses including: MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus 11 MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111 MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra MAT 314 Abstract Algebra MAT 324 Analysis MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium (junior and senior years) CSC 170 Structured Pronrarnminn or CSC 270 FORT& or CSC 272 Unix and C And three electives from MAT courses above 200, at least two of which are above 300. ., Note: At least two mathematics courses above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. For many years, however, the mathematics requirements f o licensure have been the same as for the major, with the electives specified as MAT 351, MAT 373, and MAT 441. Mathematics Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics Ten courses including: MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus I1 MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus JlI MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations MAT 324 Analysis MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium (junior and senior years) PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics 11 CSC 170 Structured Programming or CSC 270 FORTRAN or CSC 272 Unix and C And three electives from: bMT/PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics MAT 328 Complex Analysis MAT 355 Numerical Analysis MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1 MAT 481 Topics in Mathematics (must be approved) Note: At least two mathematics courses above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.1 overall, and Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus II hlAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus m MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra or MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations And one elective above MAT 300. Note: At least one mathematics course above 200 must be taken at Augsburg. Math Placement Group (MPG) Before enrolling in any mathematics course, the student must have appropriate math placement. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college may have their Math Placement Group determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult with the Mathematics Department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students needing to advance their Math Placement Group may work with the Academic Enrichment Center to take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Academic Advising Center. Prerequisites A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course. 165 - 166 Mathematics MAT 105 Applied Algebra Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic and other models. Emphasis on applicationsto the social and natural sciences, business and everyday life. Successful completion advances students to MPG III. Students in MPG 111or IV should consult the department, as should students preparing for MAT 114. (Prereq.:MPG I1 and either a year of high school algebra or consent of instructor) MAT 114 Precalculus Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. For students planning to take MAT 145. Students who have completed MAT 145 or calculus may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Successful completion advances student to MPG N.(Prereq.: MPG m) MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear programming and graph theory. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall, odd years) MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Concepts of differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.:MPG 111. Offered occasionally) MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interactionbetween the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.:MPG III. Offered occasionally) MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus 1 & 11 Concepts of calculus. Emphasis on skills of mathematical investigations. (Prereq.:MPG IV for MAT 145; MAT 145 or consent of instructor for MAT 146. Fall: MAT 145; Spring: MAT 146) MAT 153 The Beauty of Fractal Mathematics Concepts of fractal geometry. Emphasis on using computer software to experience mathematics as a form of artistic expression. (Prereq.: MPG III. Offered occasionally) MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus Ill Concepts of vectors and multivariable calculus. Emphasis on using logical structures to read proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall) MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra Concepts from linear algebra and other fields such as dynarnical systems, analysis, number theory, and abstract algebra. Emphasis on using logical structures to write proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring) MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations A --l:--L.--- '2-- - -.-:A- - L 2:--:-1:--- E--L--:- -- --LL---L--I Mathematics modeling, differential equations and numerical methods. Part of AUGMENT program. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring) MAT 314 Abstract Algebra Concepts such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246. Fall) MAT 324 Analysis Concepts of calculus in a more abstract setting. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247. Spring) MAT 327 MAT 328 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See PHY 327) Complex Analysis Concepts such as complex functions, limits, derivatives, integrals, series, conformal mapping and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247. Fall, even years) MAT 351 Modern Geometry Concepts such as projective geometry, non-Euclidean geometries, transformations, and fractals. (Prereq.: MAT 246. Spring, even years) MAT 355 Numerical Analysis Concepts such as approximating solutions of nonlinear equations, linear systems of equations and differential equations, curve fitting, and error analysis. (Prereq.: MAT 245, computer programming course. Offered occasionally) MAT 363 Chaotic Dynamical Systems Concepts such as periodicity, bifurcation and many aspects of fractals. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247. Spring) MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I Concepts such as enumeration techniques, discrete and continuous probability distributions, Chebyshev's inequality and the central limit theorem. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Fall) MAT 374 Probability and Statistics II Concepts such as sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373. Spring) MAT 441 Foundations of Mathematics Concepts such as set theory, logic, axiomatics, and development of the real number system. (Prereq.: MAT 314, Coreq.: MAT 324. Spring, odd years) MAT 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of an advanced topic. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or MAT 247 and consent of instructor. Interim or Spring) - Mathematics MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium (.O course) Information about contemporary developments, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in mathematics presented by students, faculty members or outside visitors. Carries no course credit. (Fall, Spring) Internships and lndependent Study Courses: MAT 199 lnternship See description on page 79. MAT 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. MAT 399 lnternship See description on page 79. MAT 499 lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. METRO URBAN STUDIES See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he Modem Languages Department at Augsburg College contributes many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation and that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of a truly global perspective. The Modem Languages Department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors in French, German, Norwegian and Spanish. Introductory courses in Arabic, Ojibwe and Russian are offered at Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. In addition to courses in language and culture, the Department offers linguistics courses in which students may go beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles that operate in and shape all languages. Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in second-language education and translation, but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or minor in modem languages. In addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in most academic disciplines. Modern Languages Faculty Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Ruth Aaskov, Mary Kingsley, Pary Pezeckian-Weinberg, R o m h Soto, Donald Steinmetz Major Majors must take nine Upper Division courses, five to seven of them at Augsburg and two to four on an approved studyabroad program. The major consists of 9 Upper Division courses including: 350; two courses in culture; two courses in language (311 or above); two courses in literature; two electives (from any of the three areas above). Minor Minors must take at least two Upper Division courses at Augsburg. 311 is a prerequisite to all other Upper Division courses. The minor must include four courses above 212, including one each in language, literature and culture. Honors Major Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chair for details. '70 Modern Languages Transfer Students Teaching Licensure Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages must take a ininimum of one Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. All transfer teacher candidates, including those who have completed a college language major elsewhere, must take at least two courses in language, literature, or culture at Augsburg. A 3.0 average in Conversation and Composition (311) is a Departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam prior to student teaching. See requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools under Department of Education. Study Abroad Study abroad is required of all language majors (minimum of one semester) and highly recommended for minors. An advanced-level Internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary Internship (INS 199), linking language skills with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged. W CHINESE (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East Asian Studies Director for more information. FRENCH (FRE) FRE 111, 112 Beginning French Aimed to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111;Spring 112) FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212) FRE 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English Modern Languages 171 translation. Through assigned readings, class discussion and written reaction, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and culturalhistorical sigruficance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On demand) FRE 311 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other Upper Division courses. (Fall) FRE 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of spoken models from the media. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 355 20th Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) '72 Modern Languages FRE 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) FRE 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim Catalog. Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Internships and Independent Study Courses: FRE 199 Internship See description on page 79. FRE 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. FRE 399 Internship See description on page 79. FRE 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. GERMAN (GER) GER 111,112 Beginning German Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. ( F a 111;Spring: 112) GER 211, 212 Intermediate German Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall. 211; Spring: 212) GER 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem periods are read and discussed in English. Readings are considered in the context of German cultural history as well as in context of the universal human condition. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. Sophomore standing. (On demand) Modern Languages 173 GER 31 1 Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) GER 331 German Civilization and Culture I Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643). In German (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to Literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) GER 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm and Stress, Classic and Romantic literature. Readings and discussion in German supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Study of later Romanticism, Young-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings and discussion in German. (Prereq.:GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom laneua~e.(Prerea.:GER 311 or consent of instructor.Fall) 74 Modern Languages - CER 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) CER 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Internships and Independent Study Courses: CER 199 Internship See description on page 79. CER 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. CER 399 Internship See description on page 79. CER 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. JAPANESE (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East Asian Studies Director for more information. LINGUISTICS (LIN) LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand) LIN 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria and explanatory goals. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines. (On demand) Internships and Independent Study Courses: LIN 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. - Modern Languages 175 LIN 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. NORWEGIAN (NOR) Two courses in Norwegian are also offered as part of the 0stfold Program, listed under International Studies. NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112) NOR 21 1 Intermediate Norwegian Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall) NOR 31 1 Conversation and Composition Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring) NOR 331 NOR 350 Norwegian Civilization and Culture A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into an historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper articles and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.:NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) NOR 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several in nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.:NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) NOR 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, written and oral 6 , . :- \T --.--- :-- /lJ . X T n D 911 -- ------ - K .-.: . .. ----- L :--L..-A-- P -\ Modern Languages Internships and Independent Study Courses: NOR 199 lnternship See description on page 79. NOR 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. NOR 399 lnternship See description on page 79. NOR 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. Two courses in Ojibwe (Cruppewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the Modem Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor. OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa), Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. RUSSIAN (RUS) One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian, Central and East European Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the major (see page 227). See Russian, Central and East European Studies Program Campus Adviser for more information. RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions and a growing acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112) SPANISH (SPA) Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under International Studies. SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; Spring: 112) SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, SPA 249 SPA 311 SPA 312 SPA 331 SPA 332 SPA 350 SPA 352,353 SPA 354 - Modern Languages 177 students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. ( F a 211; Spring: 212) Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit for this course does not apply to a Spanish major or minor. (On demand) Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent. Fall) Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. (Spring: on rotational basis) Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic movements. h Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) Latin American Ciiilization and Culture A study of the d t u r a l heritage of the Spanish American countries from the preColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 [taught in Mexico] 178 -- Modern Languages SPA 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Pre;eq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) SPA 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in Spanish. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th century in Spain. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis) Internships and Independent Study Courses: SPA 199 Internship See description on page 79. SPA 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. SPA 399 Internship See description on page 79. SPA 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. MUS M usic has the power to move and :hange us. Whether we experience music is a listener, teacher or performer, it adds i sigruficant and satisfying dimension to Iur lives. The Music Department at Augsburg Zollege offers courses in music and music 2erformance to give students access to this sential aspect of human history and :ulture. In addition, all students of the Zollege community have the opportunity :o participate in choral and instrumental membles which perform locally, nationilly and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional nember of the National Association of Schools of Music and the National Associaion for Music Therapy. The Music Departnent serves the general education needs of itudents and offers professional training in nusic. The Music major combines a broad :ducation in the liberal arts with preparaion for graduate and professional opportuuties. Students may choose from among our majors in three degree programs: 3achelor of Arts -Music Major; Bachelor of vlusic - Performance Major; Bachelor of vlusic - Music Education Major, and 3achelor of Science - Music Therapy Major. Pauline Sateren, Robert Stacke, Sonja Thompson Music Performances Coordinator Mary Ella Pratte Bachelor of Arts Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Theory and keyboard placement tests are required of all incoming students and will be given during the first week of classes. The petition to be accepted as a B.A. candidate will be submitted to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Bachelor of Music - Education In addition to opportunities as profesiional musicians, teachers of music and nusic therapists, graduates have access to a vide variety of careers! Leaders in the xofessions and business regard a liberal lrts major as an excellent preparation for ,atisfyingand effective service in many bccupational areas. Theory and keyboard placement tests are required of all incoming students and will be given during the first week of classes. Students wishing to become Bachelor of Music - Education candidates must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They may then apply, with a copy of their transcript, to the Department for admission to the Bachelor of Education program (by end of sophomore year). Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. vlusic Faculty Bachelor of Music - Performance vlerilee Klemp (Chair),Jill Dawe, Bridget )oak, Stephen Gabrielsen, Nancy h n d a h l , Peter Hendrickson, Robert Carl&, Roberta Metzler, Paul Ousley, Theory and keyboard placement tests are required of all incoming students and will be given during the first week of classes. Students wishing to become 1 80 Music Bachelor of Music - Performance candidates must perform (Level 11repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in music courses and a 3.0 in performance studies must be maintained. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy Theory and keyboard placement tests are required of all incoming students and will be given during the first week of classes. The piano proficiency exam must be completed. Students should consult with the Director before applying to the Music Therapy program. An equivalency program is available for those who have a four-year college degree. Music Minor Candidates must apply to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses (see Student Handbook). Freshman Performance Scholarships May be available to freshmen taking lessons for credit. Consult with individual instructors or the Music Office. in a major ensemble of their major instrument during their residency at Augsburg. In certain circumstances, this may be waived for equivalency students. Ensembles Auditions for membership in ensemble: are scheduled, following application, during summer orientation sessions, during the first week of the school year, or by arrangement with the individual ensemble director. Honors Major Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at leas 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: a senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Transfer Students Transfer/Equivalency/Certification students will enter the music program on probation, subject to Departmental approval. A performance hearing that is supported by a department application and the student's transcript(s)will take place the first semester in residence. All students will be required to take the theory placement test the first week of class. Passing the piano proficiency test the first semester of residence is strongly recommended. All students are required to participate Core Curriculum (required of all majors): MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS 101 102 111 112 201 202 211 212 231 232 Materials of Music I Materials of Music I1 Aural Skills I Aural Skills 11 Materials of Music IJI Form and Analysis Aural Skills IJI Aural Skills IV History and Literature of Music History and Literature of Music I lus ensemble participation, performance tudies, and recital requirements as given nder each specific degree and major. ilso, French or German study as stated in ;enera1 Education Requirements and in pecific degree requirements. I BACHELOR OF ARTS llusic Major Offers the broadest education in liberal rts and prepares the student for the reatest range of graduate, business and lrofessional opportunities. Students who ?tend to pursue non-performance gradute study, or desire to enter one of the nany music-related business fields of mployment, most often choose this course f study. Requirements: 12 course credits :ore curriculum plus: h e music credit elective md two semesters chosen from: hUS 311,312 Composition AUS 341 Basic Conducting hUS 342 Choral Conducting AUS 344 Instrumental Conducting /IUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era LUS 332 Music of the Classical Era LUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period LUS 334 Music of the 20th Century LUS 458 Senior Recital 'erformance Studies iight quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice iight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice 'our semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble Ceyboard proficiency 'ass three Music Repertoire tests Music Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information on individualized degree requirements. Music Minor Six course credits including: MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, I1 MUS 111,112 Aural Skills I, 11 MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I or MUS 232 History and Literature of Music 11 MUS 341 Basic Conducting And one additional course in Music History or Conducting Plus four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses of Performance Studies in the student's major instrument. Music minors also must pass one Music Repertoire test. BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Education Major Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes course work which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary levels. Requirements: 16.5 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11 MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 342 Choral Conducting or MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Performance Studies Two quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice Four half course credits in the major instrument/voice 181 18* - Music Two full course credits in the major instrument/voice Two quarter course credits in the minor instrument/voice MUS 358 Half junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble Improvisation competency on major instrument or voice Keyboard proficiency Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Choose one area of emphasis: Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253, 254,435 Instrumental emphasis - MUS 152, 155, and one course credit of music elective Other Requirements HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDS 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) Take three of the following four: EDS 356,357,358,359 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings, Vocal rnc 900 ..--- D-I-L--- u EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Consult the Education Department and Music Department Student Handbook anc program adviser. BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Performance Major This degree emphasizes intensive work in the major private study area. The program is made available only to a few students of exceptional performing ability who are selected on the basis of an audition/application process. The program prepares performers for professional performing opportunities and/or graduate school auditions. Requirements: 19.5 course credits: Core Curriculum plus: MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11 MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 342 Choral Conducting or MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Performance Studies Two quarter course credits and six full course credits in the major instrument/ voice Two quarter course credits in the minor instrument/voice MUS 358 Full junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital Eight quarter courses in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voicc Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble Keyboard proficiency test Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and 3.0 in the major Music hoose one area of emphasis: Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253, 54,435, one course credit of music ective. French or Geman to fulfill inguage requirement. Piano or Organ emphasis - MUS 301, 32,436,456, one-half course credit of lusic elective. Instrumental emphasis - MUS 301,302, ne and one-half course credits of music lectives. Consult the Music Department Student [andbook for more information. I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE lusic Therapy Major Fulfills academic and clinical requireLents for registration with the National ssociation for Music Therapy, Jnc., and repares students for the professional ?rtificationexamination developed by the ertification Board for Music Therapists. his course of study is chosen by students rhowish to become registered music lerapists. Consult Department for zcreditation details. Requirements: 16.5 course credits ore curriculum plus: he of the following three: MUS 152 Basics of Singing or MUS 155 Class Piano or MUS 158 Class Guitar KJS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials IUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums IUS 311 or 312 Composition I, I1 KJS 341 Basic Conducting IUS 372,373 Psychologcal Foundation of Music I, I1 [US 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums IUS 472 Human Identity Through the MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Performance Studies Eight quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice MUS 458 Half senior recital Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice Two semesters in an Augsburg small ensemble (no credit) Keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course Additional required courses: EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education Two of the following three: EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings PSY 105 Principles of Psychology PSY 362 Behavior Disorders BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology SOC 362 Statistical Analysis or PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I APPLIED MUSIC Ensembles (MUE) One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MU! 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in .. - . . 183 '84 Music regster for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, 'or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies for Credit Four elements are required of music majors/minors - lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, mandatory attendance at student performance recitals, master classes, and attendance at off- and on-campus performances. See Music Department Student Handbook for details. Areas of Concentration The music major/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury examination and performance. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit - one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One-quarter course credit - one halfhour lesson and four hours of practice per week. One-half course credit - two halfhour lessons and eight hours of practice per week. One course credit - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel (jury examination), and additional performances as required by th instructor. Listening: All music majors/minors registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to attend designated music events during each semester (recommended: four on-campus and four professional off-campus events for music majors, and a total of four events for musi minors during each semester). Failure to attend the required number of recitals, major ensemble concerts, other designatec events, the Student Performance recitals and master classes will be a factor in determining the final grade received in Performance Studies. Music majors must pass a total of three Music Repertoire test: music minors must pass one. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests and specific degree requirements. Recitals: A committee composed of thc student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals. A pre-recital hearing may be requested for students performing recitals that partially fulfill degree require ments. The charge of the recital jury shall be to determine if the recital is likely to be adequately prepared by the recital date fo the student to receive a grade of 3.0 (B.M. Performance) or 2.5 (B.A., B.M.- Educatio B.S.) as specified in Department guideline Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medim is required for recital performance. Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook anc consult regularly with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an outline of requirements and procedure which must be followed by all recitalists. Music 18s Departmental Sponsorship Level IV for Music Performance majors. Recitals required for the fulfillment of the B.M., B.A. or B.S. degree requirements or Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals may be departmentally sponsored. 2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music Performance majors. 3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level m. Duration and Repertoire Level All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in this catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the Music Department. Keyboard Proficiency 1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will be at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their sophomore year. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for specific requirements. Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or the Music Department for course offerings in each term. THEORY MUS 101 Materials of Music 1 (.5 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test. Fall) MUS 102 Materials of Music 11 (.5 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. To be taken concurrently with MLJS 112. (Spring) MUS 111 Aural Skills 1 (.5 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 101. Fall) MUS 112 Aural Skills 11 (.5 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 102. Spring) - Music MUS 201 Materials in Music 111 (.5 course) Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: MUS 102. Fall) MUS 202 Form and Analysis (.5 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th century practice. (Prereq.: MUS 201. Spring) MUS 21 1 Aural Skills 111 (.5 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 201. Spring) MUS 212 Aural Skills IV (.5 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 202. Spring) MUS 301 Counterpoint 1 (-5 course) Sixteenth through 18th century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.:MUS 201,211. Alternate years: Fall 1997) MUS 302 Counterpoint 11 (.5 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Alternateyears: Spring 1998) MUS 31 1 Composition 1 (.5 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: MUS 202. Fall) MUS 312 Composition 11 (.5 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Prereq.: MUS 311 or permission of instructor. Spring) MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test. Fall) MUS 342 Choral Conducting (.5 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test. Alternate years: Spring 1997) MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting (.5 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of inskumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test. Alternate years: Spring 1998) Music I HISTORY AND LITERATURE MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201.Fall) MUS 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201. Spring) f i e following four half-courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music: MUS 331 MUS 332 Music of the Baroque Era (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Altemate years: Fall 1996) Music of the Classical Period (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1997) MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1997) MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1998) WUS 432 MUS 435 WUS 436 WUS 498 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. Voice Repertoire (.5 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th century to the present, with an emphasis on literature and source materials used for teaching voice. (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1996 and Spring 1997) Piano Repertoire (.5 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231 and 232. Alternate years: Spring 1997) lndependent Study (.5 course) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. 'nternships and Independent Study Courses: WUS 199 Internship See descri~tinnnn nape 79 187 '88 Music MUS 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. MUS 399 Internship See description on page 79. MUS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. TECHNIQUE MUS 152 Class Voice ( 2 5 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. MUS 155 Class Piano (.25 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sightreading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the Piano Proficiency Test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or consent of instructor) MUS 158 Class Guitar (.25 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. (Spring) MUS 251 English Diction (.25 course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students registered for vocal instruction. (Alternate years: Fall 1997) The following three quarter-courses are continuations of MUS 251 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. MUS 252 Italian Diction (.25 course) Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to basic Italian song literature. (Prereq.: MUS 251. Alternate years: Fall 1997) MUS 253 German Diction (.25 course) Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic German song and choral literature. (Prereq.:MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1998) MUS 254 French Diction (.25 course) Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic French song and choral literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1998) MUS 358 Junior Recital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education majors or full recital at Level IV, Music Performance majors. No course credit. The private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. MUS 456 Piano Pedagogy (.5 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey Music of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Alternate years: Spring 1998) MUS 458 Senior Recital (.O course) Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level HI. No course credit. The private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. MUS 459 Senior Recital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and Level V for Music Performance majors. No course credit. The private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. H THERAPY MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (.5 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. Includes on-campus practicum with children. MUS 272 Human Identity through the Creative Arts A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama and movement. (Alternateyears: Fall 1997) MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Pradicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. (Alternateyears: Fall 1996) MUS 373 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent and performance. (Alternate years: Spring 1997) MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. (Prereq.: Pass keyboard proficiency test) MUS 472 Human Identity through the Creative Arts (See course description for MUS 272.) Enrollment for Upper Division credit required for music therapy majors, and will include an additional course module. (Alternateyears: Fall 1997) MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. (Alternate years: Spring 1998) 189 '90 Music (.25 course each) MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, twc hours per week. (Prereq.:three of MUS 274,275,374,375, Pass keyboard proficiency test) MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.5 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT internhip setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) I ENSEMBLES AND PERFORMANCE Ensembles (MUE) then made at the discretion of the appropri ate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble members hi^ preference is given to Concert Band members. These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to an ensemble is While the Department strongly encourages both formal Informal ensemble experience, onlymembership in ~ ~ d Orchestra, Choir or Riverside Singers will satisfy the major, minor or ~~~~~~l ~ d ~~ ~ ~ ~ tsome ~ i insku~~ ~i ments are available for use by students. STUDIES MUE 111 Augsburg Choir (.25 course) MUE 112 Riverside Singers (.25 course) MUE 113 Vocal Chamber (.O course) MUE 114 Masterworks Chorale (.25 course) MUE 121 Orchestra (-25 course) MUE 122 String Ensemble (.O course) MUE 131 W o o d w i n d Chamber Music (.O course) MUE 141 Concert Band (.25 course) MUE 142 Brass Ensemble (.O course) MUE 143 Jazz Ensemble (.O course) MUE 144 Percussion Ensemble (.O course) Music 'erformance Studies (MUP) Private instruction for credit is graded raditionally. All areas of study are vailable to the non-music major or minor. U1lessons are adapted to the individual leeds of the student and those bearing redit are supplemented by accompanying, nsemble participation and other perfor- mances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - Enter I and attain Ill; B.M. - Education Major Enter II and attain IV; B.M. -Performance Major - Enter II and attain V. I LESSONS: AUP 111-411 Voice MUP 137-437 Horn AUP 121-421 Violin MUP 141-441 Trumpet AUP 122-422 Viola MUP 142-442 Trombone AUP 123-423 Cello MUP 143-443 Baritone A UP 124424 Bass MUP 144-444 Tuba AUP 131-431 Oboe MUP 152-452 Piano AUP 132-432 Bassoon MUP 159a AUP 133-433 Clarinet MUP 161-461 Guitar AUP 134-434 Saxophone MUP 171-471 Percussion AUP 135-435 Flute MUP 181-481 Organ Tote carefully the following provisions: 1. Performance study registration c a r s the first week of classes. 2. A of study is l4 weeks of :ssons and coaching. Any lessons uring the Interim or Summer are rranged privately with the teacher. Piano accompanying MUP 191-491 Harp 3. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 4. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. 191 T he Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the Distribution/ General Education Requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Coordinator Arlin Gyberg Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current licensure requirements. Broad Base Requirements Two Earth Science (PHY 101 Astronomy, PHY 106 Meteorology or Geology) BIO 113,114 General Biology PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry Biology Major (for licensure in Life Science) Broad Base Requirements, plus: BIO 215 Introduction to Cellular Biology BIO 491 Seminar Six other Biology courses, including at least one from each of the following groups: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology or BIO 473 Animal Physiology BIO 361 Plant Biology or BIO 440 Plant Physiology BIO 367 Biochemistry or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 476 Microbiology or BIO 481 Ecology And one course in Organic Chemistry Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Two courses: one in Earth Science (Astronomy, Meteorology or Geology), and one in General Biology. Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Graduation Major in Chemistry: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, I1 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC only One advanced Chemistry Course One year of General Physics Two Physics courses above General Physics (Recommended:PHY 245 Modem Natural Science Physics Major (for licensure in Physical Science) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Graduation Major in Physics: PHY 121 General Physics PHY 122 General Physics PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields II PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, I1 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, 11 (WEC only) MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111 MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations* Two additional Physics courses above 122 One year of General Chemistry One course of Organic Chemistry and One course of Analytical Chemistry *Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics may substitute for MAT 247 NORDIC AREASTUDIES See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. NORWEGIAN See listing under Modem Languages. 193 - T- he Augsburg Nursing Program is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities in the health-care field. The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools and community organizations. Some are selfemployed, rurming their own businesses. All of these nurses provide comprehensive health assessment for individuals from all cultures and socioeconomic levels. From helping parents have safe deliveries of healthy d a n t s to coordinating home care for the dying, nurses assist people through the entire life span. The bachelor's degree equips the nurse with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral and nursing sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg College also provides the educational opportunities to increase skills in critical thinking, clinical investigation and decision-making that prepare nurses to handle challenging new positions in today's health-care field. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health nurse registration in Minnesota. With two additional courses, they are eligible to apply for school nurse certification. Nursing Department Faculty Beverly Nilsson (Chair),Lucie Ferrell, Sharon McDonald, Pamela Weiss Major Ten courses including: NUR 305 contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family NUR 431 Leadership and Management: Theorv and Practice PHI 380 ~thics'ofMedicine and Health Care A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Students also must complete Augsburg's residence and General Education Requirements. The program has been planned so that the Nursing major can be completed within two academic years; however, students may pursue their studies at a slower pace. Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with practicum courses requiring additional weekday time. While courses are designed so that the major can be completed within two years, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both Day School and Weekend Nursina College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing major should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the Department Chairperson by Nov. 1of the senior year; recommendation by Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the thesis. The following steps may be taken in any order, but all must be completed prior to application for admission into the Nursing major. 1. Admission to Augsburg College: Before you can apply for the Nursing Program, you must first be admitted to Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2 GPA. 2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN accredited associate degree or diploma nursing program with a 2.5 overall GPA. 3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The applicant must be a registered nurse who is licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to be-g the nursing major. 4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been com- pleted with a minimum grade of 2.0 chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. These courses may be taken at Augsburg or at another accredited college or university. 5. Current clinical practice: Applicants must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years). This may include graduation from a school of nursing, work experience, or completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. 6. Applicants must carry their own malpractice insurance and current CPR certification. Options for Completing the Degree Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree. The entire Nursing major is available only through Augsburg's Weekend College. Classes usually meet on alternate weekends for one 3 1/2 hour time block. Clinical practice usually occurs on weekdays. Students also can complete their liberal arts General Education Requirements by taking courses in Day School and Weekend College. It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting the Nursing major. 195 - Nursing NUR 305 NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles and practice. Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a patient/client situation. NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve the health of culturally diverse individuals, families and communities. Students will learn assessment and intervention skills which will be utilized to deliver ethically appropriate health care within the diversity of the city. NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing II: Practicum** Provides a clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems. Students will apply nursing process, teaching/leaming theory and basic public health principles with culturally diverse clients throughout the life span. (Prereq.: NUR 310) NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice. Students demonstrate formal presentation skills to prepare them for their new roles as professionals. NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its value in nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 111) NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is examined. (Prereq.: NUR 311) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family** Clinical practice offering the student an opportunity to provide complex nursing care to culturally diverse families in selected practice settings. (Prereq.:NUR 403) NUR 431 LeadershipIManagement:Theory and Practice** Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of Nursina change, conflict and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in selected practice settings. NUR 432 Topics in Nursing Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students. Independent Study: NUR 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. Note: If NUR 311 and NUR 423 are not taken immediately following their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more than five years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to audit courses. ** This course involves an addifional clinical fee. 197 T he Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in the traditional areas of plulosophy. We consider questions about what knowledge is and how we know, about the nature of reality, about the basis for making moral judgments, and about the rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sigruficance and meaning of the world they experience, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. The department places a special emphasis on the history of philosophy, offering four courses covering the period from the ancient Greeks to the end of the 20th century. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand, and criticize great texts of Western civilization, and to see how ideas have developed and matured through the centuries. The department also offers other courses where philosophy, its methods and ideas are applied to other disciplines like relipon, science and the arts. The major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Though some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine or the Christian ministry. Philosophy majors generally outperform others on graduate entrance in examinations in medicine and law. Others enter the work place, confident that the study of philosophy has pven them the ability to think critically. Philosophy Department Faculty Mark Fuehrer (Chair),David Apolloni, Paul Holmer (distinguished visiting professor), Bruce Reichenbach Major Nine courses including: PHI 230 Logic PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy A 400 level course (other than PHI 499) Three elective courses in Philosphy Note: Five courses must be Upper Division. Honors Major Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice that involves research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor Five courses, including two from PHI 241,242,343 and 344. - Philosophy 199 PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like how we know, can we have certain knowledge, are there universal moral principles), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking. PHI 120 Ethics By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions, and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not take PHI 125. PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, we decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students taking PHI 125 may not take PHI 120. PHI 175 Philosophy of Love and Sex We begin by trying to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends or sexually desiring them. We then consider issues such as the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage, adultery and homosexuality. PHI 230 Logic Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning. PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers The writings of Plato and M o t l e are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western cidization. In this course students read and analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as Stoic, Epicurean and Neoplatonic writings. PHI 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy Students will read writings by various Medieval and Renaissance philosophers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring) PHI 260 Philosophy and the Arts What is artistic creativity? What is a work of art and what makes great works of art great? What is it to appreciate works of art?Is one's appreciation of music or art simply a matter of taste? Does aestheticexperience differ from oBtm kinds of experience? *zPhilosophy PHI 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century Idealism and the reaction to it (Man, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested prior course: PHI 241 or 242. Fall) PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, and existentialism. (Suggested prior courses: PHI 241,242, and 343) PHI 350 Philosophy of Religion We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested one prior course in philosophy) PHI 355 Asian Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 360 Political Philosophy The question, "What is just society?" is considered with the answers given in the 20th century by Utilitarianism, liberalism, Marxism, Communitarianism, libertarianism and feminism. (Meets graduate skill component of speaking) PHI 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods. Students will also research and develop philosophical responses to issues in this area. (Suggested prior course: PHI 230 or one course in natural science) PHI 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and Literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimem tation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or inter-disciphary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any from PHI 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor. Offered annually) Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHI 199 Internship See description on page 79. PHI 299 Directed Study See description on page 79. PHI 399 Internship See description on page 79. PHI 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 79. See listing under Health and Physical Education. T he Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is designed for students interested in careers as health care providers. The physician assistant concept originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians and educators recofized there was a shortage and uneven distribution of primary care physicians. To combat these problems, the physician assistant program h a s developed. h physician assistits must, by law or regulation, have a supervising physician. An important element of the physician assistant education is the emphasis on patient education. - The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is a 27-month program of study for students with at least 64 semester hours of college credit. A new class of 24 students begins each May. Students who intend to enter the Physician Assistant Program must apply by Dec. 31 of the previous year. The program is very competitive and not all students who apply are accepted. Physician Assistant students who have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will earn a Bachelor of Arts in Physician Assistant Studies upon successful completion of the Program. The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is currently in the process of obtaining accreditation from CAAHEP (Cornrnission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs). At the time of printing of this catalog, the Program was six months from the site visit for accreditation. The mission statement of the Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is to be generalist Physician Assistant professionals, well educated in theory and practice, dedicated to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity, committed to lifelong personal and wrofessional develowment. reswectful and sensitive to persons of all cultures and backgrounds, and oriented toward service to underserved populations. Physician Assistant Department Faculty Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair),Lisa Howe, David Johnson, Manuel Kaplan, Martha Kelly, Terry Lewis Major First Year (Twelve Months) Twelve courses including: PA 311 Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy PA 321 Human Physiology PA 331 PA Seminar PA 351 Pharmacology I PA 361 Clinical Medicine I PA 371 History & Physical Exam Skills I PA 341 Current Trends PA 362 Clinical Medicine 11 PA 352 Pharmacology 11 PA 363 Clinical Medicine lTI PA 372 History & Physical Exam Skills II PA 380 Emergency Medicine and three supporting courses including: PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care 11 PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Second Year (Fifteen Months) Clinical rotations in prearranged health care facilities including: Family Medicine .............................. 6 weeks Internal Medicine ............................ 6 weeks Emergency Medicine ......................6 weeks 6 weeks OB/GYN ........................................... Psychiatry ................... , . , ................ 6 weeks Surgery ........................................... 6 weeks Phvsician Assistant 203 Pediatrics ..........................................6 weeks Elective Rotations ............................6 weeks Family Medicine Preceptorship ... Final 12 weeks of program A minimum grade of 2.0 in each Physician Assistant and supporting course of study is required. Students in the degree program also must complete Augsburg's residence and General Education requirements. The program is planned so the major will be completed in 27 months. The courses are offered consecutively, with subsequent courses based on material taught in previous courses; therefore students are accepted for full-time study only. The following steps must be completed to apply for admission into the Physician Assistant Program. 1. Prerequisite Course Content: The following courses must have been completed at Augsburg (or an approved equivalent course at another accredited institution)with a GPA of 2.0 or better: BIO 113 General Biology BIO 114 General Biology PA 311 BIO 367 BIO 476 CHM 105 CHM 106 CHM 223 PSY 105 MPG ILI Biochemistry Microbiology or CHM 115 General Chemistry or CHM 116 General Chemistry Organic Chemistry Principles of Psychology 2. Recommended courses include: Genetics, Anatomy, Physiology. Also recommended is a cumulative and science GPA of 3.0 or better to remain competitive with all potential applicants. 3. All General Education Perspectives (except The City, one Writing Skill, Speaking Skill, Critical Thinking and Quantitative Reasoning), must have been completed. The above perspectives and skills are expected to be in the physician assistant curriculum. 4. Submit a complete application to the program prior to the deadline, usually the end of December. Call the office for the official deadline each year. A complete application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an application fee, and an official transcript from each post-secondary school attended. 5. Application and admission to Augsburg College prior to matriculation to the Physician Assistant Program. Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy. The course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is offered only to students accepted into the Physician Assistant Program. Human Physiology A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, endocrine systems and the special senses. (Prereq.:Admission to the P.A. Program) *04 - Physician Assistant PA 331 PA Seminar A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including the laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.: Admission to the P.A. Program or consent of instructor) Current Trends This course will educate the student in understanding medical literature, research of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission to the P.A. Program) Pharmacology l This course will cover drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology and prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic, cardiovascular, respiratory, and gastrointestinalsystems. (Prereq.: Admission to the P.A. Program and successful completion of summer semester) Pharmacology ll This course will cover drug metabolism, chemotherapy and prescriptive practices as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351) Clinical Medicine I A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment and the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal,renal and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the P.A. Program and successful completion of summer semester) Clinical Medicine II A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment and the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic and neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361) Clinical Medicine Ill A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment and the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic, gynecologic, obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic and immunologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 36 t? History and Physical Exam Skills I A lecture/discussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to tlinterviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to the P.A. Program) History and Physical Exam Skills II A lecture-discussion-laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to tlinterviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371) Emergency Medicine A lecture-lab course designed to educate the student in common emergenc procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical - PHY P hysicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental prin:iples which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge, the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, engineering and medical and health related fields. In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineering program with degree programs avdable at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels. The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies. The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by NASA. Cooperative Education, internshp and undergraduate research programs provide opportunities for students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental and academic settings. Students may participate in alternating term Cooperative Education programs or work part-time during two or more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the nonscience students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some denree of comvrehension. *"- Physics Physics Department Faculty Jeffrey Johnson (Chair),Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson, William Monsma Physics Research Staff Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences BACHELOR OF ARTS Major 13 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields II PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory Two elective Physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, II or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC only) MAT 245,247 AUGMENT Calculus III and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus I11 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics or MAT 224,226 Calculus III, DifferentialEquations (WEC only) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major 17 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics II PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 261 Electronics PHY 351 Mechanics I p m 352 ~ ~ ~ h11 a n i ~ ~ PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields 11 PHY 395 comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 486 ~ u a t u m Physics I One Physics course above PHY 122 CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, 11 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 P C only) D and MAT 245,247 AUGMENT Calculus J Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111, Differential Equations (WEC only) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Physics Major With Concentration in Space Physics 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective Physics course. Honors Major A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written Physics 207 esearch report. Application for the honors najor should be made no later than the irst term of the senior year. In planning their courses of study, tudents are encouraged to work closely vith members of the Physics faculty. dormally, students should have MAT 124 )r 145,125 or 146, and PHY 121,122 during he freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 nd 226 or 247 (or PHY 327) during the ophomore year. 'eaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific icensing requirements for teachers which nay differ slightly in emphasis from the iugsburg major requirements. The state equirements may also be subject to change fter publication of this catalog. Students herefore should consult with the iugsburg Education Department to dentify current Minnesota teacher icensure requirements. 'HY 101 Minor Seven courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics 11 Three elective Physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, 11 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC only) Society of Physics Students The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in the Society is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of the course. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring) 'HY 103 Conceptual Physics An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experi- ments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive approach to physics. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG III. Fall, Spring) 'HY 106 Introductory Meteorology A survey of the basic principles involved in understanding the earth's weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and *08 - Physics climate change, global warming and ozone depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG II. Fall) PHY 116 Introduction to Physics An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to ilIustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hou laboratory. Prereq.: MPG III. Fall) PHY 121 General Physics I A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall) PHY 122 General Physics II A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Desiged for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring) PHY 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid statehhysics. This course indicates the need for, i d develops the experimentalbasis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one one-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall) PHY 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprise: the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125 or 146. Spring. Cross-listed with Computer Science Department.) X PHY 320 Introduction to Space Science A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and aurora). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring) PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics An introduction to special functions in physics and engineering (complex numbers, partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, and functions of a complex variable). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent. Spring. Cross-listed with Mathematics Department.) Physics 209 Mechanics I Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillatory systems, central force motion, and two-particle kinematics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 3271. Fall) Mechanics II Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY 351, MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 3271. Spring) Electromagnetic Fields I The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, and electric properties of materials. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 327. Fall) Electromagnetic Fields II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 327. Spring) Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall) Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course) A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour l